CodeWarrior™

Development Studio
8/16-Bit IDE User’s
Guide

Revised: 20 February 2009

Freescale™ and the Freescale logo are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CodeWarrior is a trademark or reg-
istered trademark of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. All other product or ser-
vice names are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © 2005–2009 by Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. All rights reserved.
Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use Freescale Semicon-
ductor products. There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any inte-
grated circuits or integrated circuits based on the information in this document.
Freescale Semiconductor reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Freescale
Semiconductor makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any partic-
ular purpose, nor does Freescale Semiconductor assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product
or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental dam-
ages. “Typical” parameters that may be provided in Freescale Semiconductor data sheets and/or specifications can and
do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “Typ-
icals”, must be validated for each customer application by customer's technical experts. Freescale Semiconductor does
not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Freescale Semiconductor products are not de-
signed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other
applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the Freescale Semi-
conductor product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use
Freescale Semiconductor products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold
Freescale Semiconductor and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all
claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of
personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that Freescale
Semiconductor was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part.

How to Contact Us

Corporate Headquarters Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.

7700 West Parmer Lane
Austin, TX 78729
U.S.A.

World Wide Web http://www.freescale.com/codewarrior

Technical Support http://www.freescale.com/support

Table of Contents

I Introduction
1 8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide Overview 13
Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CodeWarriorU.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Figure Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Keyboard Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2 CodeWarrior IDE Overview 17

Development Cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CodeWarrior IDE Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
IDE Tools Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

II Projects
3 Working with Projects 25
About Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Project Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Build Targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Using Startup Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Loading Previous Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Accessing Tutorials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Start Using CodeWarrior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Managing Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Custom Project Stationery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Subprojects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 3

Table of Contents

4 Project Window 39
About Project Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Project Window Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Files Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Link Order Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Targets Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Build-Target Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

5 Working with Files 53

Managing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

6 Dockable Windows 59
About Dockable Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Working with Dockable Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Dock Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

7 Workspaces 67
About Workspaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Using Workspaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

III Editor
8 CodeWarrior Editor 73
Editor Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Editor Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Interfaces Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Markers Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Document Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Version Control System Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Other Editor Window Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

4 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Table of Contents

Path Caption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
File Modification Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Text Editing Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Line and Column Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Pane Splitter Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

9 Editing Source Code 79

Text Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Symbol Editing Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Punctuation Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Code Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Code Completion Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Code Completion Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

10 Navigating Source Code 93

Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Finding Interface Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Locating Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Going Back and Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Using Markers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Remove Markers Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Symbol Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

11 Finding and Replacing Text 99

Single-File Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Single-File Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Multiple-File Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
In Folders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
In Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
In Symbolics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
In Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Search Results Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Text-Selection Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Regular-Expression Find. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Using Find String in Replace String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 5

Table of Contents

Remembering Sub-expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Comparing Files and Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Comparison Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
File Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Folder Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

IV Browser
12 Using Browser 133
Browser Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Browser Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Browser Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Browser Contextual Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

13 Using Class Browser Windows 139

Class Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Classes Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Member Functions Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Data Members Pane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Source Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Status Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

14 Using Other Browser Windows 149

Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Single-Class Hierarchy Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Browser Contents Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Symbols Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Symbols Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Symbols Pane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Source Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

15 Using Browser Wizards 157

New Class Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

6 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Table of Contents

New Member Function Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

New Data Member Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

V Compilers and Linkers

16 Compilers 169
Choosing Compiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Compiling Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

17 Linkers 173
Choosing Linkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Linking Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

VI Preferences and Target Settings

18 Customizing the IDE 177
Customizing IDE Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Commands Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Pre-defined Variables in Command Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Customize Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Kinds of Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Toolbar Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Modify a Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Customize Key Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

19 Working with IDE Preferences 195

IDE Preferences Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
General Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Build Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Concurrent Compiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
IDE Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 7

Table of Contents

Plugin Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Shielded Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Source Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Editor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Code Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Code Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
Font & Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Text Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

20 Working with Target Settings 219

Target Settings Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Target Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Target Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Access Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Build Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
File Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Source Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
External Builds Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Editor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Custom Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230

21 Preference and Target Settings Options 233

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
G-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
K-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

8 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Table of Contents

T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
W-Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

VII Menus
22 IDE Menus 261
Windows Menu Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
View Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Search Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Project Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Window Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Help Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

23 Menu Commands 269

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
K-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
M-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
P-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 9

Table of Contents

T-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
V-Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Index 297

10 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 I

Introduction
This section includes these chapters:
• “8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide Overview”
• “CodeWarrior IDE Overview”

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 11

12 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 1
8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide
Overview
This chapter of the CodeWarrior™ Development Studio 8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide is a
high-level description of documentation and training resources for learning to use the IDE.
• “CodeWarriorU.com”—free, Internet-based instruction for CodeWarrior products.
Use this resource to learn more about the CodeWarrior Integrated Development
Environment (IDE) and computer programming.
• “Manual Conventions”—some common typographical conventions used in this
manual and other Freescale documentation.

Release Notes
Please read the release notes. They contain important last-minute additions to the
documentation. The Release Notes folder is located on the CodeWarrior CD.

Licensing
Web-based licensing is available. It is a server licensing solution that generates FlexLM
v8 or later based license keys automatically over the world wide web through a
registration/activation process. You can register and activate permanent, node-locked
license keys.
Freescale products are shipped to customers with registration cards that contain a unique
registration number. Products that ship with a one year annual support certificate will also
have a unique registration number.
The registration website can be reached by selecting the Help > Register Product menu
command from the IDE’s main menu. Registration from the website collects the
registration code and verifies it against the correct product and gathers contact
information.
An email will be sent to you with the License Authorization Code and instructions. In the
IDE you can select Help > License Authorization to display the License Authorization
dialog box. Figure 1.1 shows the License Authorization dialog box.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 13

8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide Overview
CodeWarriorU.com

Figure 1.1 License Authorization

Enter the License Authorization Code and select an ethernet address from the Node lock
ID for license dropdown list, if one exists. After entering the authorization code, the
CodeWarrior IDE will make an HTTP call to the Freescale licensing server with the
activation code and generate the permanent license keys. The resulting license keys are
automatically updated into the license.dat text file of the CodeWarrior product executing
the authorization. You can also manually edit the license.dat file per instructions provided
in the License_Install.txt file in the root folder of your CodeWarrior installation path. If
the IDE evaluation period expires prior to activation, you will have to manually edit the
license.dat file.

CodeWarriorU.com
CodeWarriorU.com offers a wide range of free, Internet-based courses in a wide variety of
computer programming topics. Use this supplement to the CodeWarrior documentation to
acquire more experience using CodeWarrior products.
CodeWarriorU.com courses include:
• Text-based instruction
• Expert instructors
• A variety of self-assessment and study materials
• Interactive message boards for communicating with instructors and students
CodeWarriorU offers many courses, such as:
• Learn Programming in C
For beginning programmers.
• Introduction to Java

14 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide Overview
Manual Conventions

For beginning and experienced programmers. Take this course to learn how to create
Java software.
• Introduction to C++
For beginning and experienced programmers. Take this course to learn how to create
C++ software.
• Intermediate C++
For programmers who completed the Introduction to C++ course and have basic C++
programming knowledge. Take this course to learn the foundation needed to create
more sophisticated C++ software.
To find out more, visit this web site:
http://www.CodeWarriorU.com/

Manual Conventions
This section explains conventions in the 8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide.

Figure Conventions
The CodeWarrior IDE employs a virtually identical user interface across multiple hosts.
For this reason, illustrations of common interface elements use images from any host.
However, some interface elements are unique to a particular host. In such cases, clearly
labelled images identify the specific host.

Keyboard Conventions
The CodeWarrior IDE accepts keyboard shortcuts, or key bindings, for frequently used
operations. For each operation, this manual lists corresponding key bindings by platform.
Hyphens separate multiple keystrokes in each key binding.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 15

8/16-Bit IDE User’s Guide Overview
Manual Conventions

16 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 2
CodeWarrior IDE Overview
The CodeWarrior™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE) provides an efficient and
flexible software-development tool suite. This chapter explains the advantages of using
the CodeWarrior IDE and provides brief descriptions of the major tools that make up the
IDE.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Development Cycle”
• “CodeWarrior IDE Advantages”
• “IDE Tools Overview”

Development Cycle
A software developer follows a general development process:
• Begin with an idea for new software
• Implement new idea in source code
• Have the IDE compile source code into machine code
• Have the IDE link machine code and form an executable file
• Correct errors (debug)
• Compile, link, and release a final executable file.
The stages of the development cycle correspond to one or more chapters in this manual.
Figure 2.1 on page 18 depicts the development cycle as a flowchart. Table 2.1 on page 19
details the different stages and their corresponding sections in this manual.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 17

CodeWarrior IDE Overview
Development Cycle

Figure 2.1 Development Cycle Diagram

Start

Create

Edit
Yes

Compile
Compile
Errors?

No Yes

Link Link Errors?

No Yes

Debug Debug Er-

rors?

No
Legend
Release
Start or End of the
process

End
Development Cy-
cle stage

Decision stage

Process flow

18 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 CodeWarrior IDE Overview
CodeWarrior IDE Advantages

Table 2.1 Stage Descriptions and Related Sections in the IDE User’s Guide

Stage Description Related Sections

Create Create the initial project, source • “Projects”

files, and build targets. • “Preferences and Target
Settings”
• “Menus”

Edit Transform your project into • “Editor”

working source code, organize • “Browser”
interface elements, and correct
errors.

Compile Compile the source code into “Compilers and Linkers”

machine format that operates on
the target host.

Link Link the separate compiled “Compilers and Linkers”

modules into a single binary
executable file.

Release Release for public use. Beyond the scope of this manual.

CodeWarrior IDE Advantages

• Multiple-language support
Choose from multiple programming languages when developing software. The IDE
supports high-level languages, such as C, C++, and Java, as well as in-line
assemblers for most processors.
• Consistent development environment
Port software to new processors without having to learn new tools or lose an existing
code base. The IDE supports many common desktop and embedded processor
families.
• Plug-in tool support
Extend the capabilities of the IDE by adding a plug-in tool that supports new
services. The IDE currently supports plug-ins for compilers, linkers, pre-linkers,
post-linkers, preference panels, version controls, and other tools. Plug-ins make it
possible for the CodeWarrior IDE to process different languages and support
different processor families.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 19

CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview

IDE Tools Overview

The CodeWarrior IDE is a tool suite that provides sophisticated tools for software
development. This section explains the standard tools available in the IDE:
• a project manager
• an editor
• a search engine
• a source browser
• a build system
• a debugger
Table 2.2 on page 20 explains the purpose of these tools and lists corresponding
CodeWarrior IDE features.
T

Table 2.2 IDE Tools and Features

Tool Purpose CodeWarrior IDE Features

Project Manipulate items • Handles top-level file management for the

Manager associated with software developer
a project • Organizes project items by major group,
such as files and targets
• Tracks state information (such as file-
modification dates)
• Determines build order and files to be
included in each build
• Coordinates with plug-ins to provide
version-control services

Editor Create and • Uses color to differentiate programming-

modify source language keywords
code • Allows definition of custom keywords for
additional color schemes
• Automatically verifies parenthesis, brace,
and bracket balance
• Allows use of menus for navigation to any
function or into the header files used by the
program

Search Find and • Finds a specific text string

Engine replace text • Replaces found text with substitute text
• Allows use of regular expressions
• Provides file-comparison and differencing
functionality

20 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview

Table 2.2 IDE Tools and Features (continued)

Tool Purpose CodeWarrior IDE Features

Source Manage and • Maintains a symbolics database for the

Browser view program program. Sample symbols include names
and values of variables and functions.
symbols
• Uses the symbolics database to assist
code navigation
• Links every symbol to other locations in the
code related to that symbol
• Processes both object-oriented and
procedural languages

Build Convert source • Uses compiler to generate object code

System code into an from source code
executable file • Uses linker to generate final executable file
from object code

Debugger Resolve errors • Uses symbolics database to provide

source-level debugging
• Supports DWARF (1.1 and 2.0) and the
HIWAVE object file format

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 21

CodeWarrior IDE Overview
IDE Tools Overview

22 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 II

Projects
This section includes these chapters:
• Working with Projects
• Project Window
• Working with Files
• Dockable Windows
• Workspaces

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 23

24 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 3
Working with Projects
This chapter explains how to work with projects in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Projects
organize several file types associated with a computer program:
• Text files—files that contain any kind of text. Sample text files include Read Me
files and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Sample source files include C++
files and assembler files.
• Library files—files that contain special code designed to work together with a
particular programming language or operating environment.
• Generated files—files created by the IDE while building or debugging the project.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “About Projects”
• “Using Startup Dialog Box”
• “Managing Projects”

About Projects
The IDE uses build targets and a Project Manager to organize source code and support
files. This section explains both components.

Project Manager
The IDE gathers source, library, resource, and other files into a project. The Project
Manager manipulates the information stored in the project.
Figure 3.1 diagrams Project Manager interactions with IDE tools. Table 3.1 explains the
interactions.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 25

Working with Projects
About Projects

Figure 3.1 Project Manager

Search Source Symbolics The build system generates

Engine Browser Information symbolics information for a
program. The debugger
generates a database from
the symbolics information.

Editor Compiler Linker Debugger

Build System

Legend

Main IDE tool Development flow

Support tool IDE internal data flow

Information generated
by the IDE Additional information

Table 3.1 Project Manager Interactions

IDE Tool Project Manager Interactions

Editor • Coordinates internal data flow among editor windows,

search engine, and source browser
• Matches find-and-replace results between related header
files and source files
• Associates functions and variables with corresponding
source code

Compiler • Synchronizes a symbolics database of program functions,

variables, and values with source code
• Coordinates internal data flow between symbolics database
and source browser
• Determines files to include in build process

26 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
About Projects

Table 3.1 Project Manager Interactions (continued)

IDE Tool Project Manager Interactions

Linker • Sends compiled object code to linker for conversion to

executable code
• Sets the link order for processing compiled object code

Debugger • Matches debugging data to source code

• Updates symbolics database to reflect changing values
during a debug session

Build Targets
For any given build, the project manager tracks:
• files and libraries
• link order
• dependencies
• compiler, linker, and other settings
The IDE stores this information in a build target. As the project changes, the project
manager automatically updates the build target. The project manager also coordinates
program builds, using the build-target information to call the appropriate tools in the
correct order with the specified settings.
For example, the project manager directs the build system to compile only those source
files that rely on information in a modified file.
Note that all of this operation happens automatically. The software developer does not
need to remember makefile syntax or semantics, and never has to debug makefile syntax
errors. The IDE simplifies the process, making it easier to develop software.
The project manager also supports multiple build targets within the same project file. Each
build target can have its own unique settings, and even use different source and library
files. For example, it is common to have both debug and release build targets in a project.
Figure 3.2 on page 28 shows a sample project with debug and release build targets.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 27

Working with Projects
Using Startup Dialog Box

Figure 3.2 Project with Multiple Build Targets

Project

Build Target - Debug

File #1 File #2

File #3 Object Code

Settings Browser Data Note that both build targets

share File #1 and File #2.

Build Target - Release

File #1 File #2

File #4 Object Code

Settings Browser Data

...

Using Startup Dialog Box

When you first begin using the CodeWarrior™ IDE, you can use the Startup dialog to
assist you in building your first projects, as well as exploring example projects and

28 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
Using Startup Dialog Box

accessing instructions. The Startup dialog opens when you start CodeWarrior software,
unless you specify otherwise. This section describes using the CodeWarrior Startup dialog
box to create new projects, load previous projects or example projects, and access
tutorials.
To start the CodeWarrior IDE for CodeWarrior™ Development Studio for
Microcontrollers, select Start > Programs > CodeWarrior for Microcontrollers V6.x >
CodeWarrior IDE.
To start the CodeWarrior IDE for CodeWarrior™ Development Studio for S12(X), select
Start > Programs > CodeWarrior for S12(X) V5.x > CodeWarrior IDE.

NOTE The name of the CodeWarrior installation varies depending on the software
version and the core used.

The CodeWarrior software starts, and immediately the Startup dialog appears (see Figure
3.3). You can create a new project at this point, or access any of the other features
available from this dialog box.
To prevent the Startup dialog box from appearing when you start the CodeWarrior
software, uncheck the Display on Startup checkbox. The next time you start the software,
only the IDE screen appears. You can still access the Startup dialog box by selecting File
> Startup Dialog after starting the IDE.

Figure 3.3 Startup Dialog Box

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 29

Working with Projects
Using Startup Dialog Box

Creating New Projects using Startup Dialog Box

1. Click the Create New Project button.
The New Project Wizard opens.
2. Select the derivative you are using in the Device and Connection dialog box.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter a project name in the Project Name field and set the Location for the new
project.
5. Click Next and continue with desired selections for your project.
6. On the last screen, click Finish to create a new project.

NOTE To open the project wizard without using the Startup dialog box, select File >
New Project.

Loading Example Projects using Startup Dialog Box

1. Click the Load Example Project button.
The Example Project Wizard opens.
2. Select the example project of your choice.
3. Enter a project name in the Project Name field and browse for the Location using the
Set button.
4. Click Create Project.
The software creates an example project, including source code files, include files,
Libraries, and linker files.
You can now modify this project as necessary.

Loading Previous Projects

Click the Load Previous Project button to access the list of your most recently accessed
projects.
Change the number of projects in the Previous Project list by selecting Edit > Preferences
in the CodeWarrior IDE.

30 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Accessing Tutorials
Click the Run Getting Started Tutorial button to access the library of tutorials available
with the CodeWarrior IDE. Tutorials cover subjects such as starting a project in C, using
Processor Expert, Device Initialization, and using the assembler.

Start Using CodeWarrior

Click the Start Using CodeWarrior button to close the Startup dialog box and use
CodeWarrior software to access existing projects and create new projects using the
software menu bar.

Managing Projects
Use these tasks to manage projects:
• Create a new project
• Open existing project
• Save project
• Close project
• Inspect an open project
• Print an open project

Creating New Projects using Wizard

Use the project wizard provided with the IDE to quickly create new projects. The wizard
creates everything needed for a minimal, ready-to-run project. Use the created project as a
foundation upon which to add features for each new project.
1. Choose File > New Project.
The New Project Wizard opens.
2. Enter a project name in the Project Name field and set the Location for the new
project.
3. Click OK.
4. Select the appropriate derivative.
5. Click Next and continue with desired selections for your project.
On the last screen click Finish to create a new project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 31

Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Opening Projects
Use the IDE to open previously saved projects. CodeWarrior projects normally end in the
Freescale CodeWarrior Project extension of .mcp. Open projects to add, remove, or
modify files to enhance the capabilities of the final executable file.
1. Choose File > Open.
2. Find and select the project to open.
3. Click Open.
The IDE opens the project and displays its Project window.

NOTE The IDE prompts you for confirmation to update projects created in older
CodeWarrior versions.

Opening Projects Created on Other Hosts

CodeWarrior projects whose names end in .mcp are cross-platform. However, the object
code stored inside each project folder is not cross-platform. Use these procedures to
properly open the project on a different host computer.
1. If not present, add the .mcp filename extension to the project name.
2. Copy the project folder from the original host to the new host.
3. Delete the Data folder inside the newly copied project folder.
4. Open the newly copied project on the new host IDE.
5. Recompile the project to generate new object code.

Saving Projects
The IDE automatically saves projects and updates project information after performing
these actions:
• Closing the project
• Applying or saving a preference or target-setting option
• Adding, deleting, or compiling a file
• Editing group information
• Removing or compacting object code
• Quitting the IDE

32 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Inspecting Project Files

Use the Project Inspector command to review and configure source-file attributes and
target information in the Project Inspector window.
1. Select a file in the Project window.
2. Select View > Project Inspector to open the Project Inspector window.
3. Examine the source-file attributes and target settings.
• Click the Attributes tab to view the file attributes.
• Click the Targets tab to view the build targets that use the file.

Printing Projects
The Project Manager can print a complete listing of the Files, Designs, Link Order, or
Targets tab currently displayed in the Project window.
1. Select the Project window.
2. Click the Files, Designs, Link Order, or Targets tab.
3. Choose File > Print.
4. Set the print options in the print dialog.
5. Print the Project window contents.
The IDE prints the contents of the selected tab.

Choosing Default Project

The IDE allows multiple open projects at the same time. However, a given source file can
belong to more than one open project, making it ambiguous as to which project a source-
file operation applies.
To resolve ambiguity, choose the default project to which the IDE applies operations.
1. If only one project is open, it automatically becomes the default project.
2. If more than one project is open, choose Project > Set Default Project to select the
desired default project.
In ambiguous situations, the IDE applies operations to the selected default project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 33

Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Exporting Projects to XML Files

The IDE can export a project to an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file. Use this
capability to store projects in text-oriented environments, such as a version control system.
1. Bring the project to export forward (in focus).
2. Choose File > Export Project.
3. Name the exported XML file and save it in the desired location.
The IDE converts the project to an XML file.

Importing Projects Saved as XML Files

The IDE can import a project previously saved in Extensible Markup Language (XML)
format. Use this capability to recreate projects stored in text-oriented environments, such
as a version control system.
1. Choose File > Import Project.
2. Create a new folder in which to save the converted project and all of its generated files.
3. Find the XML file that you want to import.
4. Save the XML file in the newly created folder.
The IDE converts the XML file to a project.

Closing Projects
Use the Close command to close a CodeWarrior project file at the end of a programming
session. The IDE automatically saves changes to a closed project.
1. Select the Project window to close.
2. Close the project.
• Choose File > Close.
• Click the close box in the Project window.
Advanced projects deal with these topics:
• Custom project stationery—modified project stationery tailored to advanced
programming needs.
• Subprojects—projects within projects.
• Strategies—obtaining the maximum benefit from advanced projects.

34 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Custom Project Stationery

Use custom project stationery to develop streamlined templates to meet advanced
programming needs. You can develop custom stationery by modifying existing project
stationery and saving it under a new name in the Stationery or Project Stationery folder.
• Pre-configure new project stationery to include often-used files, libraries, and source
code
• Configure build targets and options to any desired state
• Set up a reusable template to use for creating projects

NOTE Custom project stationery requires in-depth knowledge about project structure
and operation. Before creating custom stationery, be sure to fully understand
existing project stationery included with the CodeWarrior product.

Creating Custom Project Stationery

To create a custom stationery project, follow these steps:
1. Open the CodeWarrior IDE.

Figure 3.4 Open the IDE

2. Click on Load Example Project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 35

Working with Projects
Managing Projects

Figure 3.5 Select the Project

3. From the Example Projects dialog, select the project to use as a stationery base project.
4. Enter a name for the project in the Project name field.
This renames the example project file.
5. Enter a location in the Location field, or click on Set to browse to the location to which
to copy the project.
6. Click on Create Project.
The software creates your project based on the example you selected. You can modify and
use this project in whatever way you choose.

Subprojects
A subproject is a project nested inside a parent project. Subprojects organize source code
for the IDE to build prior to building the parent project. For example, the IDE builds
subprojects for an application’s plug-ins before building the parent project for the
application itself.

Adding Subprojects to a Project

Use a subproject to organize a separate set of source files and build targets inside a parent
project.

36 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Projects
Managing Projects

1. Open the parent project in which to add a subproject.

2. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
3. If the parent project has more than one build target, use the build-target list box in the
Project window toolbar to choose the desired build target.
4. Add a separate project to the Project window:
• Drag and drop the .mcp file of the separate project into the Project window, or
• Choose Project > Add Files to add the .mcp file of the separate project.
The IDE treats the added project as a subproject. The subproject appears in the Files
view of the parent Project window.

Opening Subprojects
The IDE can open a subproject from the parent Project window. Use this feature to more
conveniently open the subproject.
1. Double-click the subproject in the Files view of the parent Project window.
2. The IDE opens the subproject in its own Project window.

Strategies
Projects can organize files into build targets or subprojects. Each of these structures has its
own advantages. Choose the structure best suited to the programming need.

Build Targets
Build targets organize collections of files inside a project. Build targets have these
advantages:
• Using multiple build targets inside a single project allows access to all source code
for that project.
• Build targets organize different collections of build settings for a single project.
• Each project accommodates up to 255 build targets.
• Exception: HC08 supports only one build target.

Subprojects
Subprojects incorporate separate, standalone projects into parent projects. Subprojects
have these advantages:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 37

Working with Projects
Managing Projects

• Subprojects separate distinct parts of a complex program, such as an application and

its various plug-ins.
• Using subprojects streamlines a complicated build. For example, create a project that
builds all plug-ins for an application. Add this project as a subproject of the main
application. The IDE then builds all plug-ins before building the main application.
• Use subprojects to break down a complicated project that approaches the 255 build-
target limit. Organize related build targets into different subprojects to improve build
speed.

38 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 4
Project Window
This chapter explains how to work with the Project window in the CodeWarrior™ IDE.
The Project window provides these features:
• view and modify all files created for use with a computer program.
• manipulate files arranged by type.
• control the way the IDE handles files.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “About Project Window”
• “Project Window Pages”
• “File, Group, Layout, and Target Management”
• “Build-Target Management”

About Project Window

The Project window organizes files in a computer program. Use this window to control
various aspects of each file. The window includes these items:
• Project window toolbar
• Tabs
• Columns
Figure 4.1 on page 40 shows a sample Project window. Table 4.1 on page 40 explains the
items in the Project window.

NOTE The number and names of the tabs in the Project window depend on the current
build target and on the installed IDE plug-ins.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 39

Project Window
About Project Window

Figure 4.1 Project Window

Table 4.1 Project Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Current Use to specify the connection to your MCU.

Connection

Change Use to select a device and connection.

MCU/
Connection

Target Click to view and edit the settings for the

Settings current build target. You can also display
settings for a target selected in Targets tab.

Synchronize Click to check the modification dates of

Modification each project file and mark those files that
Dates need compilation.

Make Click to compile and link all modified and

manually selected (touched) project files.

Debug Click to debug the current build target.

40 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
Project Window Pages

Table 4.1 Project Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Run Click to compile and link the current build

target, then run the program.

Project Click to view project information and edit

Inspector file-specific information.

Files Click to display the Files page. This page

shows a list of files in the project and their
associated properties.

Link Order Click to display the Link Order page. This

page shows the link order of files in the
current build target.

Targets Click to display the Targets page. This

page shows a list of all build targets, sub-
projects, and target-linking information.

Project Window Pages

The Project window uses pages to organize items:
• Files
• Link Order
• Targets

Files Page
The Files page shows information about individual files in a project. The Files page shows
information about these file types:
• Text files—files that contain any type of text. Sample text files include Read Me files
and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Sample source files include C++
files and assembler files.
• Library files—files that contain special code designed to work together with a
particular programming language or operating environment.
Table 4.2 explains the items in the Files page.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 41

Project Window
Project Window Pages

Table 4.2 Files Page—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Touch Indicates the touch status of each file. Click in this column to
toggle touching a file. Touching a file manually selects it for
compilation during the next build. Click the Touch icon to sort
files by touch status

File Displays a hierarchical view of the file and group names used
by the project. Click the column title to sort files by name.
Double-click a file to open it. Use the hierarchical controls to
display and hide group contents

Code Displays the size, in bytes or kilobytes, of the compiled

executable object code for files and groups. Click the column
title to sort files by code size

Data Displays the size, in bytes or kilobytes, of non-executable data

in the object code for files in the project. Click the column title
to sort files by data size

Target Indicates whether each file belongs to the current build target.
Click in this column to toggle inclusion status. A black dot
indicates that a file is included with current build target. Click
the Target icon to sort files by inclusion status. The Target
column appears only when the project has more than one
build target

Debug Displays debugging status. Click in this column to toggle

generation of debugging information for a file or group. Click
the Debug icon to sort files by debugging status

Checkout Displays icons representing the current file status in a version-

Status control system. The Checkout Status column appears only
when the project uses a version-control system to manage
files

Interfaces Click to display a list of files inside a group or a list of

#include files inside a source file; choose a file to open it

Sort Click to toggle sorting between ascending and descending

Order order for the active column; icon indicates the current sort
order

42 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
Project Window Pages

Viewing File Path

To distinguish between two files that have identical names but reside in different folders,
examine the file path.
To view the complete path of a file on a Windows host, right-click the filename and select
Open in Windows Explorer.
The File Path submenu shows the path to the file.

File Management
The project window lists all files found for all targets. If access paths are different for each
target and a file with the same name exists in each path, the project window will list the
occurrence of each file.
For example, if two header files named example.h are used with two targets (TargetA
and TargetB) and exist in separate locations for each target, you will see two entries of
example.h in the project window. If both targets use the same file in one location, then
a single entry will appear in the project window.
Select a file in the Files tab of the project window and view the Project Inspector window
to reveal the path for the selected file, and which targets use the file. You can also select a
file and click the right mouse button to display a context menu. Select Open in Windows
Explorer to display the path.
If a black dot is present in the target column for a listed file, then it is in the current target.
You can select this dot to toggle whether or not to include this file with the current target.
Double-click a source file to open it in the editor.
If you enable the Save project entries using relative paths option in the Target Settings
panel, file locations will be stored using a relative path from the access paths defined in
the Access Paths panel. If disabled, the IDE remembers project entries only by name. This
can cause unexpected results if two or more files share the same name. In this case, re-
searching for files by selecting the Project > Re-search for Files menu command could
cause the IDE to find the file in a different access path.

NOTE If you use source files with the same name in different locations, you should
enable the Save project entries using relative paths option.

Duplicate file names can also appear in the Files tab of the project window if a file is not
found on one of the access paths. This can happen if an access path has been removed
from the User Paths group in the Access Paths target settings panel. When the access path
is removed, a duplicate appears in the project window. The duplicate entry remains
displayed until the access path is restored.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 43

Project Window
Project Window Pages

If a project with several targets (for example Debug and Release target) uses the same file,
that file is shown as a single entry. If you remove the access path for that file, then a
duplicate entry will appear in the file list. This duplicate represents a missing file for the
current target. The second file entry is still available for the other target. Restore the access
path and choose Project > Re-search for Files to remove the duplicate entry in the list.
The Project > Re-search for Files command speeds up builds and other project
operations. The IDE caches the location of project files after finding them in the access
paths. Re-search for Files forces the IDE to forget the cached locations and re-search for
them in the access paths. This command is useful if you moved several files and you want
the IDE to find the files in their new locations.
If the Save project entries using relative paths option is enabled, the IDE does not reset
the relative-path information stored with each project entry, so re-searching for files looks
for source files in the same location. If the files are not there, the IDE only re-searches for
header files. To force the IDE to also re-search for source files, choose the Project >
Reset Project Entry Paths menu command. If the Save project entries using relative
paths option is disabled, the IDE re-searches for both header files and source files.
The Reset Project Entry Paths command resets the location information stored with each
project entry and forces the IDE to re-search for project entries in the access paths. This
command does nothing if the Save project entries using relative paths option is
disabled.

NOTE If the IDE is unable to locate or resolve the location of project files, a Rescued
items folder will appear. The IDE tries to locate the missing files and creates
new references. This can happen when project data information, access paths,
or other location settings in target settings panels are missing or have been
compromised, for example, if the location of a project and related data
directory have changed. One way this can happen is if a project has been
committed to a source repository by one person and checked out to a different
location by another person and a new project data folder is created.

Link Order Page

The Link Order page shows information about the order in which the IDE links
project files. Manipulate the files in this page to change the link order. For example,
if file B depends on file A in order to function, move file B below file A in the
Link Order page.
Table 4.3 on page 45 explains the items in the Link Order page.

44 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
Project Window Pages

Table 4.3 Link Order Page—Items

Item Explanation

Synchronize To update the modification dates of files stored in a project, click the
Modification checkmark icon.
Dates
Use the Synchronize Modification Dates command to update files
modified outside of the CodeWarrior IDE, perhaps by a third-party
editor that cannot notify the CodeWarrior IDE of changes.

Synchronize To update version-control status information, click the Pencil icon.

Status

Targets Page
The Targets page presents information about the build targets in a project. Use this page to
create, manage, or remove build targets. Different build targets can store different IDE
settings. For example, two build targets can handle the same project. One build target
handles debugging the software, while the other build target handles building the software
for final release.
Table 4.4 explains items in the Targets page.

Table 4.4 Targets Page—Items

Item Explanation

Targets Displays all build targets and subprojects that the IDE processes to create
a binary file. These icons denote build-target status:

• active build target

• inactive build target

Link Indicates the dependencies between build targets and subprojects.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 45

Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management

File, Group, Layout, and Target

Management
Use these tasks to manage files, groups, layouts, and targets:
• Create an item
• Delete an item
• Move an item
• Rename an item
• Touch an item
• Manage items
• Set default items
• Configure item settings

Removing Files/Groups/Layouts/Targets
The Remove command deletes files, groups, layouts, and build targets from the Project
window. Removing files from the Files tab removes them from the project itself and from
all build targets that use the files. Removing a file from the Link Order, Segments, or
Overlays tab only removes the file from the current build target.

Removing files/groups/layouts/targets from a

project
1. Click the Files, Designs, or Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.
3. Remove the selected item from the project on a Windows host by Selecting Edit >
Delete.
The IDE removes the selected item from the project.
For deleted files, the IDE updates all build targets that formerly used the file. For deleted
build targets, the IDE deletes build-target information and leaves files intact.

Removing files from a build target

1. Click the Link Order, Segments, or Overlays tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.

46 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management

3. Remove the selected item from the active build target on a Windows host by Selecting
Edit > Delete.
The IDE removes the file from the build target, but leaves the file itself intact. The file
can be reassigned to other build targets in the project.

Moving Files/Groups/Layouts/Targets
Reposition files, groups, layouts, or build targets in the Files, Design, Link Order, or
Targets pages with the cursor.
1. Select one or more files, groups, layouts, or build targets to move with the pointer.
2. Drag the selected items to a new position in the current page, using the focus bar as a
guide.
3. Release the mouse button.
The IDE repositions the selected files, groups, layouts, or build targets to the new location.

NOTE In the Link Order page, repositioning files changes the link order that the
Make command uses to build the final executable file.

Renaming Files/Groups/Targets
The Rename command renames files, groups, or build targets in the project.

Rename files
1. Open the file to rename.
2. Choose File > Save As.
3. Type a new filename in the Name text box.
4. Click Save.
The IDE saves the file under the new name. The new filename appears in the Project
window. Subsequent modifications affect the renamed file, leaving the original file intact.

Rename one or more groups

1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
2. Select the group(s) to rename.
3. Press the Enter key.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 47

Project Window
File, Group, Layout, and Target Management

4. Type a new name into the Enter Group Name text box of the Rename Group
window.
5. Click OK.
The IDE renames the group. For selections of more than one group, the Rename
Group window appears for each group.

Rename build targets

1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
3. Select Target Settings in the Target Settings Panels list.
4. Type a new name in the Target Name text box.
5. Click Save.
The Project window displays the new build target name.

Touching Files and Groups

The Touch command manually selects source files or groups for compilation during the
next Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug operation. A red check mark in the Touch
column of the Project window indicates a touched file.
1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.
2. Touch a source file or group for compilation.
Click the Touch column next to the file or group name.
OR
Choose Touch from the Interface menu for the file or group.
A red check mark appears in the Touch column next to the file or group name.

Touch all project files for recompiling

On a Windows host, Alt-Click the Touch column.
Red check marks appear next to all files and groups.

Untouching Files and Groups

The Untouch command manually excludes source files or groups from compilation
during the next Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug operation.

48 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
Build-Target Management

1. Click the Files tab in the Project window.

2. Untouch a source file or group to remove it from the compilation list.
Click the red check mark in the Touch column next to the file or group name.
OR
Choose Untouch from the Interface menu for the file or group.
The red check mark disappears from the Touch column next to the file or group name.

Untouch all Project Files

On a Windows host, Alt-Click a red checkmark in the Touch column.
The red checkmarks next to all files and groups disappear.

Build-Target Management
These tasks help you manage build targets:
• Create a build target
• Remove a build target
• Set the default build target
• Rename a build target
• Configure build-target settings

Creating Build Targets

The Create Target command adds new build targets to a project.
1. Open the Project window.
2. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
3. Choose Project > Create Target.
4. Type a name in the Name text box of the New Target window.
5. Select the Empty target or Clone Existing Target radio button as desired.
• Empty Target—create a new build target from scratch.
• Clone Existing Target—duplicate an existing build target in the New Target
window.
6. Click OK.
The IDE adds the new build target to the project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 49

Project Window
Build-Target Management

Removing Build Targets from a Project

You can remove unneeded build targets from the Project window.
1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Select the item to remove.
3. Remove the selected build target on a Windows host by selecting Edit > Delete.
The IDE removes the build target.

Setting Default Build Target

The CodeWarrior Project Manager can handle up to 255 build targets in a single project.
One build target must be defined as the default target when more than one project is open.
The default target is the target affected by project commands, such as Make and Run.

Project menu
1. Choose Project > Set Default Target > buildtarget.
2. A checkmark indicates the default target.

Using Project window toolbar

1. Enable the Project window.
2. Choose the build-target name from the Current Target pop-up menu.

Targets page
1. Enable the Project window.
2. Click the Targets tab.
3. Click the desired build-target icon.
The icon changes to indicate that the build target is now the default.

Renaming Build Targets

The Rename command renames build targets in a project.
1. Click the Targets tab in the Project window.
2. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.

50 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Project Window
Build-Target Management

3. Select Target Settings in the Target Settings Panels list.

4. Type a new name in the Target Name text box.
5. Save the new name.
The new build-target name appears in the Project window.

Configuring Build Target Settings

The Target Settings panel options determine:
• The compiler used to process the project and produce object code
• The linker used to combine object code and produce a binary file
• The pre-linker and post-linker options that further process the object code
• The name assigned to a build target
Follow these steps to configure build-target settings.
1. Choose Edit > targetname Settings.
2. Select Target Settings from the Target Setting Panels list.
3. Specify target options as desired.
4. Save the new options.
The panels available in the Target Settings Panels list update to reflect the choices in
the Target Settings panel.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 51

Project Window
Build-Target Management

52 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 5
Working with Files
This chapter explains how to work with files in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Most computer
programs use these file types:
• Text files—files that contain any type of text. Example text files include Read Me
files and source files.
• Source files—files that contain source code only. Example source files include C++
files and assembler files.

Managing Files
These tasks manage files:
• Create a new file
• Open an existing file
• Save a file
• Close a file
• Print a file
• Revert a file to a previously saved state

Creating Text Files

The New command opens a window from which you create new text files. You can use
new text files as source files in a project or as plain-text files.
1. Select File > New.
The New window appears.
2. Click the File tab in the New window.
3. Select Text File in the list.
4. Type a filename in the File name text box.
5. Click Set to specify the location to save the new file.
6. Click OK.
The IDE creates the new text file and displays its contents in a new editor window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 53

Working with Files
Managing Files

TIP Use the Customize IDE Commands window to add the New Text File menu
command to the File menu. Adding this menu command reduces the process of
creating a new text file to one step: select File > New Text File. See “Customizing
the IDE” for more information about using the Customize IDE Commands
window.

Opening Source Files

The Open command opens one or more editable source files. Each open file appears in its
own editor window.

NOTE The CodeWarrior editor cannot open files that prohibit editing. For example,
the editor cannot open library files.

From File menu

1. Choose File > Open.
2. Windows: Use the Files of type pop-up menu to select All Files.
3. Select a file.
4. Click Open.
The IDE displays the file in an editor window.

From Project window

1. Perform one of these:
• Double-click a filename in the Files tab of the Project window, or
• Select an interface filename from the Interface menu.
2. The IDE finds, opens, and displays the selected source file in an editor window.

From Editor window

1. Select an interface filename from the Interface menu.
2. The IDE selects, opens, and displays the source file in an editor window.

NOTE The menu does not show files that do not contain source code or are not yet
compiled.

54 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Files
Managing Files

Using Find and Open Files

1. In an editor window, select the name of an interface file, for example stdio.h.
2. Choose File > Find and Open File.
The IDE finds, opens, and displays the source file in an editor window.

To open a recent file or project

1. Choose File > Open Recent > recentfilename | recentprojectname.
2. The IDE finds and opens the selected source file or project.

Saving Files
Use the Save command to save source files to ensure their continued existence between
development sessions.
Choose File > Save.

NOTE If the file has no title, a save dialog appears. Type a filename and specify a
location for the file, then click Save.

The IDE saves the file.

Saving All Modified Files

Use the Save All command to save the contents of all modified files. This command is
useful for saving all files at the same time, rather than saving each file individually.
Save all currently opened and modified files on a Windows host by selecting File > Save
All.
The IDE saves the files.

Saving File Copies

Use the Save a Copy As command to save a back-up copy of a project or file before
modifying the original. Working on a copy of the original file provides a way to return to
the original copy should modifications fail.
1. Choose File > Save A Copy As.
2. Type a new filename in the Name text box.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 55

Working with Files
Managing Files

3. Click Save.
The IDE creates a copy of the file under the new name, leaving the original file
unchanged.

Closing Files
The Close command closes open source files. Close editor windows to close a file.
1. Select an editor window to close.
2. Close the file window.
• Choose File > Close, or
• Click the close box.

NOTE The IDE displays an alert if the file is modified. The alert asks whether to save
changes to the file.

Closing All Files

The Close All command closes all currently open files. This command is useful for
closing all files at the same time, rather than closing each file individually.
Close all currently open files on a Windows host by selecting Window > Close All or
Window > Close All Editor Windows.
The IDE closes the files.

Printing Source Files

The Print command prints the entire contents of a selected file window.
1. Activate the desired editor window to print.
2. Choose File > Print.
3. Set print options in the Print dialog.
4. Click OK or Print to print the file.
The IDE prints the selected file.

NOTE Use the same process to print the contents of a window, such as a Project
window.

56 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Files
Managing Files

Printing Source-File Selections

The Print command prints the currently selected contents in an editor window.
1. Activate the desired editor window to print.
2. Select the portion of text to print.
3. Choose File > Print.
4. Set print options in the Print dialog.
5. Click OK or Print
The IDE prints the selected text in the file.

Reverting Files
Use the Revert command to replace the current file with its previously saved version.
1. Choose File > Revert.
2. Click OK in the Revert changes to file dialog.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 57

Working with Files
Managing Files

58 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 6
Dockable Windows
This chapter explains how to work with dockable windows in the Windows-hosted
CodeWarrior™ IDE.
Use dockable windows to do these tasks:
• Organize—attach, or dock, various windows to the edges of the screen for quick
access.
• Group—dock windows of the same type to create a single window with multiple
tabs, where each tab represents one of the original docked windows.

NOTE The dockable windows feature is available in Multiple Document Interface

(MDI) mode only. This feature is not available in Floating Document Interface
(FDI) mode. Toggle the Use Multiple Document Interface option in the IDE
Extras preference panel to change between these two modes.

This chapter includes these sections:

• “About Dockable Windows”
• “Working with Dockable Windows”
• “Dock Bars”

About Dockable Windows

You can dock certain windows to the edges of the main frame window of the IDE. Table
6.1 on page 60 explains possible states for dockable windows. Figure 6.1 on page 60
shows the different window states.
In MDI mode, the IDE occupies a main window frame, or client area. IDE windows
normally appear within this client area as you work. These windows are called child
windows of the IDE’s client area.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 59

Dockable Windows
About Dockable Windows

Table 6.1 Window States

State Characteristics

Docked • Attached to the left, right, top, or bottom edge of the client
area
• restricted to the client area
• resizable
• has a dock bar instead of a title bar

Floating • Rests above all docked windows and MDI child windows
• movable outside the client area, like a floating palette
• has a thin title bar
• does not have Minimize or Maximize buttons

MDI Child • Normal child window of the client area, when running in
MDI mode
• restricted to the client area

Figure 6.1 Window States

MDI child window

Docked window
Floating window

60 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows

Table 6.2 explains the difference between dockable windows and non-dockable windows.
In this table, the term non-modal refers to a window that does not require your attention
before allowing the IDE to proceed with other operations.

Table 6.2 Differences between Dockable and Non-Dockable Windows

Window Type Required Criteria Sample Windows

Dockable All of these: • Thread

• non-modal • Project
• resizable • Component Catalog
• maximizable

Non-dockable Any of these: • IDE Preferences

• modal • Find
• non-resizable • About Box
• non-maximizable

NOTE The default setting for project windows is to dock to an edge of the client area.
You can undock these windows.

Compound windows that have more than one pane dock as a group. You
cannot separately dock individual panes from these windows. For example,
you can dock the Thread Window, but you cannot dock the Stack Crawl pane
separately from the Thread Window.

Working with Dockable Windows

You can dock windows in one of two ways:
• dragging a floating window to a docking position
• using a contextual menu to dock a window
You can resize docked windows and undock them to floating windows or MDI child
windows.
This section explains how to perform tasks with dockable windows.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 61

Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows

Docking Window By Using Contextual Menu

Use a contextual menu to dock a floating window or MDI child window to one of the four
edges of the client area.
1. Right-click the window title bar.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Docked from the contextual menu.

NOTE The Docked command appears in the contextual menu for dockable windows
only.

The window docks to an edge of the client area. You can resize the docked window or
move it to a different edge of the client area.

Docking a Window By Using Drag and Drop

You can drag a docked window or a floating window to one of the four edges of the client
area to dock it.
1. Drag the window to one edge of the client area.
Drag a floating window by its title bar. Drag a docked window by its dock bar.
2. A window outline appears near the client-area edge, showing the final position after
you release the window.
Use the outline as a visual cue that the IDE will dock the window. If an outline does
not appear, you cannot dock the window.
3. Release the window to dock it to the edge.
The window appears in the position indicated by the window outline.

Docking Windows of Same Kind

You can dock two or more windows of the same kind inside a single docked window. In
this arrangement, tabs inside the single docked window represent each of the original
docked windows. You can undock each tab individually from the single docked window.
1. Dock the first of two or more windows of the same kind to an edge of the client area.
2. Dock the second window to the same edge as the first window.
Use the window outline that appears as a visual cue that the IDE will dock the second
window to the same edge as the first window.

62 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows

3. Dock subsequent windows to the same edge as the first window.

Each additional docked window appears as a tab inside the first docked window. Click
a tab to view its contents. The frontmost tab appears in bold font.
Figure 6.2 shows two projects represented as tabs in a single docked window.

Figure 6.2 Two Projects in Single Docked Window

Undocking Window
Use a contextual menu to undock a window from an edge of the client area to a floating
window or MDI child window.
1. Right-click the tab inside the docked window that represents the window you want to
undock.
A contextual menu appears.

Figure 6.3 Contextual Menu

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 63

Dockable Windows
Working with Dockable Windows

2. Choose Floating or MDI Child from the contextual menu.

• Floating—undock the window so that it becomes a floating window
• MDI child—undock the window so that it becomes an MDI child window of the
client area
The window undocks and becomes the chosen window type.
Alternately, double-click the tab to undock the corresponding window to a floating
window.

Floating Window
Use a contextual menu to float a docked window or MDI child window.
1. Right-click the tab in the docked window or the title bar of the MDI child window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Floating from the contextual menu.

NOTE The Floating command appears in the contextual menu for floatable windows
only.

The window becomes a floating window (that you can drag outside the client area).
Alternately, double-click the tab in a docked window to float its corresponding window.

Unfloating Window
Use a contextual menu to dock a floating window or make it an MDI child window.
1. Right-click the title bar of the floating window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose Docked or MDI Child from the contextual menu.
• Docked—dock the floating window
• MDI child—unfloat the window so that it becomes an MDI child window
The window unfloats and becomes the chosen window type.
Alternately, drag the floating window to an edge of the client area to dock it.

64 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Dockable Windows
Dock Bars

Making Window MDI Child

Use a contextual menu to make a docked window or floating window an MDI child
window.
1. Right-click the tab in the docked window or the title bar of the floating window.
A contextual menu appears.
2. Choose MDI Child from the contextual menu.
The docked window or floating window becomes an MDI child window.

Suppressing Dockable Windows

Suppress dockable windows to drag a window to any location onscreen without docking it
to an edge of the client area.
1. Hold down the Ctrl key while dragging or floating an MDI child window.
The thin window outline that normally indicates docked-window placement becomes a
heavy window outline. Use this heavy outline as a visual cue that the IDE suppresses
dockable windows.
2. Release the window at its final position.
The window appears in the position indicated by the heavy window outline.
3. Release the Ctrl key.

Dock Bars
A docked window has a dock bar instead of a title bar. Use the dock bar to perform these
tasks:
• move the docked window to a different edge of the client area
• collapse or expand view of the docked window
• close the docked window
Figure 6.4 shows a dock bar.

Figure 6.4 Dock Bar

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 65

Dockable Windows
Dock Bars

Collapsing a Docked Window

If two or more distinct docked windows occupy the same edge of the client area, you can
collapse one docked window to view contents of other docked windows.
1. Dock two or more windows to the same edge of the client area.
The windows’ contents must appear in separate docked windows, not as tabs in a
single docked window.

2. Click the collapse button on the dock bar of the docked window that you want
to collapse.
3. The docked window collapses to hide its contents.

Expanding Docked Window

If you previously collapsed a docked window, you can expand it and view its contents.

1. Click the expand button on the dock bar:

2. The docked window expands to restore its original view.

Moving Docked Window

Use the gripper in a docked window’s dock bar to move the docked window to a different
edge of the client area.

1. Drag the docked window by the gripper in its dock bar:

2. Release the docked window at its new position.

Closing Docked Window

Close a docked window directly from its dock bar.

1. Click the close button on the dock bar:

2. The docked window closes.

Re-opening the window restores its docked position.

66 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 7
Workspaces
This chapter explains how to work with workspaces in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use
workspaces to do these tasks:
• Organize—save the state of all windows onscreen for later reuse
• Migrate across computers—transfer your workspace from one computer to another
This chapter includes these sections:
• “About Workspaces”
• “Using Workspaces”

About Workspaces
A workspace stores information about the current state of the IDE. This information
consists of the size, location, and the docked state (Windows) of IDE windows. If you
save a workspace during an active debugging session, the workspace also stores
information about the state of debugging windows.
The IDE can use a default workspace, or it can use a workspace that you create. The IDE
works with one workspace at a time. You can save and re-apply a workspace from one
IDE session to the next.

Using Workspaces
Use menu commands to perform these workspace tasks:
• Save a new workspace
• Open an existing workspace
• Close the current workspace

Using Default Workspace

Use the default workspace to preserve IDE state from one session to the next. The IDE
saves and restores the default workspace automatically.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 67

Workspaces
Using Workspaces

1. Choose Edit > Preferences.

The IDE Preferences window opens.
2. Select IDE Extras in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The IDE Extras preference panel appears.
3. Enable the Use default workspace option.
• Checked—the IDE saves its state at the time you quit, then restores that state the
next time you launch the IDE
• Unchecked—the IDE always launches with the same default state: no windows
visible

Saving Workspace
Save a workspace to store information about the current state of onscreen windows, recent
items, and debugging.
1. Arrange your workspace.
Move windows to your favorite positions and start or finish a debugging session.
2. Choose File > Save Workspace.
A Save dialog box appears.
3. Enter a name for the current workspace

NOTE Add the extension .cww to the end of the workspace name, for example,
myworkspace.cww. This extension helps you readily identify the
workspace file. The Windows-hosted IDE requires this extension to recognize
the file as a CodeWarrior workspace.

4. Save the workspace to a location on your hard disk.

The IDE now uses your saved workspace. In subsequent programming sessions, you can
open the workspace.

Opening Workspace
Open a workspace to apply its settings to the IDE.
1. Choose File > Open Workspace.
An Open dialog box appears.

68 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Workspaces
Using Workspaces

2. Open the workspace.

Use this dialog box to navigate your hard disk and select a workspace file. These files
end in the .cww extension.
The IDE opens the selected workspace and applies its settings.

Saving Copy of Workspace

Save a copy of a current workspace under a different name.
1. Open an existing workspace.
2. Choose File > Save Workspace As.
A Save As dialog box appears.
3. Enter a name for the copy of the current workspace

NOTE Add the extension .cww to the end of the workspace name, for example,
myworkspace.cww. This extension helps you readily identify the
workspace file. The Windows-hosted IDE requires this extension to recognize
the file as a CodeWarrior workspace.

4. Save the workspace to a location on your hard disk.

The IDE saves a copy of the current workspace under the name you specified.

Closing Workspace
Close the current workspace after you finish working with it.
1. Choose File > Close Workspace.
2. The IDE closes the current workspace.

NOTE You cannot close the default workspace, however, the IDE Extras preference
panel contains an option that determines whether the IDE uses the default
workspace.

You can now open a different workspace or quit the IDE.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 69

Workspaces
Using Workspaces

Opening Recent Workspace

You can list recently used workspaces in the Open Recent submenu. The IDE Extras
preference panel contains an option that determines the number of recent workspaces
that the submenu will list.
1. Choose File > Open Recent.
A submenu appears. This submenu lists recently opened projects, files, and
workspaces. A checkmark appears next to the active workspace.
2. Choose a recent workspace from the Open Recent submenu.
The IDE applies the workspace that you select.

70 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 III

Editor
This section includes these chapters:
• CodeWarrior Editor
• Editing Source Code
• Navigating Source Code
• Finding and Replacing Text

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 71

72 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 8
CodeWarrior Editor
This chapter explains how to work with the editor in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use the
editor to perform these tasks:
• Manage text files—the editor includes common word-processing features for
creating and editing text files. Sample text files include Read Me files and release
notes.
• Manage source files—the editor includes additional features for creating and editing
source files. The IDE processes source files to produce a program.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Editor Window”
• “Editor Toolbar”
• “Other Editor Window Components”

Editor Window
Use the editor window to create and manage text files or source files. The window
contains these major parts:
• Editor toolbar
• Text-editing area
• Line and column indicator
• Pane splitter controls
Figure 8.1 on page 74 shows the editor window. Table 8.1 on page 74 explains the items
in the editor window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 73

CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Window

Figure 8.1 Editor Window

Table 8.1 Editor Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Interfaces Menu Displays a list of referenced interface files

or header files for the source file.

Functions Menu Displays a list of functions defined in the

source file.

Markers Menu Displays a list of markers defined in the

file.

Document Displays file-format options and a syntax-

Settings Menu coloring toggle.

Version Control Displays a list of available Version

System Menu Control System (VCS) commands.
Choose a command to apply to the
source file.

Path Caption Displays the complete path to the file.

74 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar

Table 8.1 Editor Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

File Modification This icon indicates an unchanged file

Icon since the last save.

This icon indicates a file with

modifications not yet saved.

Text Editing Shows the text or source-code content of

Area the file.

Line and Displays the current line and column

Column number of the text-insertion cursor
Indicator

Pane Splitter Drag to split the window into panes.

Controls

Editor Toolbar
Use the editor toolbar to complete these tasks:
• Open interface and header files
• Find function definitions
• Set and clear markers
• Modify file formats
• Control syntax coloring
• Execute version-control operations
• Determine a file’s save state
This section explains how to expand and collapse the toolbar, and how to perform each
toolbar task.

Expanding and Collapsing the Editor Window Toolbar

To expand the editor window toolbar, click this icon in the right-hand top corner
of the editor window.
To collapse the Editor Window Toolbar, click this icon in the right-hand top
corner of the Editor window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 75

CodeWarrior Editor
Editor Toolbar

Interfaces Menu
The Interfaces menu lists the source files included in the current source file.
See “Finding Interface Files” for information on navigating source code with the
Interfaces menu.

Functions Menu
The Functions menu lists the functions (routines) defined in the current file.
See “Locating Functions” for information on navigating source code with the Functions
pop-up.

Markers Menu
The Marker menu lists markers placed in the current file. Use markers to scroll to specific
items in source code and find code segments by intuitive names.
See “Using Markers” for information on navigating source code with Markers.

Document Settings Menu

The Document Settings menu shows whether the IDE applies syntax coloring to the
window text, as well as the format in which the IDE saves the file.

To toggle syntax coloring

• Choose Document Settings > Syntax Coloring.
The editor window updates to display the new syntax color setting.

To specify EOL format for file

• Choose the EOL format for the file.
The IDE applies the specified EOL format to the file the next time it gets saved.

Version Control System Menu

In editor windows, the version control pop-up menu lists options provided by a version
control system (VCS) compatible with the IDE. Use a VCS to manage multiple versions
of files. VCS packages are available separately for use with the IDE.

76 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components

Using Version Control System Menu

Use the Version Control System (VCS) pop-up menu to access version control
commands related to the editor window’s file. If a version control system is not enabled
for a project, the only item on the VCS menu is No Version Control Available.
• Choose VCS > VCScommand
The IDE executes the VCS command.

Other Editor Window Components

Use other editor window components to perform these tasks:
• Determine the path to a file.
• Determine the modification status of a file.
• Edit text or source code.
• Find the text-insertion point.
This section explains these additional editor window components.

Path Caption
The Path caption shows the path to the active file.

File Modification Icon

The File Modification icon indicates the save status of the file:

• The icon indicates an unchanged file since the last Save.

• The icon indicates a file with modifications not yet saved.

Text Editing Area

The text editing area behaves the same way as it does in a word processor. Enter text or
source code, perform edits, and copy or paste selections.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 77

CodeWarrior Editor
Other Editor Window Components

Line and Column Indicator

The Line and Column indicator shows the current position of the text-insertion point.
Click the indicator to specify a line to scroll into view.

Pane Splitter Controls

Use the pane splitter controls to perform these tasks:
• Add panes to editor windows.
• Adjust pane size.
• Remove panes from editor windows.
This section explains how to perform each task.

Adding Panes to Editor Window

Use the Pane Splitter controls to add additional view panes in an editor window and view
two or more sections of a source file at the same time.
1. Click and drag a Pane Splitter control to add a view pane.
2. The IDE adds a new view pane to the editor window.

Resizing Panes in Editor Window

Use the Pane Resize controls to resize the panes in an editor window.
1. Click and drag a vertical or horizontal Pane Resize control.
2. The IDE resizes the selected view pane.

Removing Panes from Editor Window

Use the Pane Resize controls to remove additional view panes from an editor window.
1. Remove an editor window pane.
• Double-click the Pane Resize control to remove the pane, or
• Click and drag the Pane Resize control to the left or top edge of the editor window.
2. The IDE removes the view pane from the editor window.

78 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 9
Editing Source Code
This chapter explains how to edit source code in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE
provides these features to help you edit source code:
• Select and indent text—the editor can select text by line, routine, or rectangular
selection. The editor also handles text indentation.
• Balance punctuation—the editor can find matching pairs of parentheses, brackets,
and braces. Most programming languages, such as C++, produce syntax errors for
punctuation that lacks a counterpart.
• Complete code—the IDE can suggest ways to complete the symbols you enter in a
source file
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Text Manipulation”
• “Punctuation Balancing”
• “Code Completion”

Text Manipulation
Use these tasks to manipulate text files:
• Select text
• Overstrike text
• Use virtual space
• Indent text
This section explains how to perform each task.

Selecting Text in Editor Windows

The editor lets you select text in several ways while you edit source files.

NOTE Enable the Left margin click selects line option in the Editor Settings
preference panel to use the right-pointing arrow cursor.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 79

Editing Source Code
Text Manipulation

Lines
Follow these steps to select a line of text:
• Triple-click anywhere on a line, or
• Click the right-pointing cursor in the left margin of the line.

Multiple Lines
Follow these steps to select multiple lines of text:
• Drag the cursor over several lines of text and release, or
• Position the cursor at the beginning of a selection range, then Shift-click the end of
the selection range to select all text between the two points, or
• Drag the right-pointing cursor to select lines of text.

Rectangular Text Selections

On a Windows host, hold the Alt key down and drag the cursor over the portion of the text.

Entire Routines
Follow these steps to select an entire routine:
1. Hold down the Shift key.
2. Choose a function name from the Function list menu.

Overstriking Text
Use the Overstrike command to toggle between text insertion and text overwriting mode
when entering text. Press the Ins key to toggle overstrike mode.

Using Virtual Space

Use the Virtual Space feature to place the cursor anywhere in the white space of a line of
source code and enter text at that position.
For example, consider the line of C++ code shown in Listing 9.1.

80 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Text Manipulation

Listing 9.1 Sample C++ Source Code

void aFunction (const char * inMessage) virtualspace

Toggling virtual space changes the cursor behavior:

• enabled—clicking in the virtualspace places the cursor at the location that you
clicked. You can enter text at that location.
• disabled—clicking in the virtualspace places the cursor after the last character on the
line (in the example, after the closing parenthesis). To place the cursor beyond this
character, you must repeatedly press the space bar on your keyboard.
To use virtual space, follow these steps:
1. Select Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window opens.
2. Select Editor Settings in the IDE Preference Panels list.
The Editor Settings preference panel appears.
3. Select the Enable Virtual Space option:
4. Click Apply or Save to save your changes to the preference panel.
5. Close the IDE Preferences window.

Indenting and Unindenting Text Blocks

Use the Shift Left and Shift Right commands to shift a selected block of text to the left or
right. You can indent or unindent one or more lines using these commands. The Tab Size
option specifies the amount of indentation.
1. Select the text to be shifted.
2. Indent or unindent the selected text.
• To unindent text: Choose Edit > Shift-Left.
• To indent text: Choose Edit > Shift-Right.

Symbol Editing Shortcuts

You can use the browser contextual menu to enhance source-code editing in the IDE. Use
this menu to streamline text entry in editor windows. You can enter the first few letters of
a function name, then use the browser contextual menu to complete the entry.
The IDE also provides these keyboard shortcuts with the browser enabled:
• Find symbols with prefix—find symbols matching the selected prefix

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 81

Editing Source Code
Punctuation Balancing

• Find symbols with substring—find symbols matching the selected substring

• Get next symbol—obtain the next symbol from the browser database
• Get previous symbol—obtain the previous symbol from the browser database

Punctuation Balancing
Balance punctuation to ensure that each opening parenthesis, bracket, or brace has a
corresponding closing counterpart. This section explains how to balance punctuation.

Balancing Punctuation
Use the Balance option when editing source code to make sure that every parenthesis (( )),
bracket ([ ]), and brace ({ }) has a mate.
1. Position the cursor between the suspect punctuation.
2. Check for the matching punctuation.
• Choose Edit > Balance
OR
• Double-click the parenthesis, bracket, or brace character to check for a matching
character.
From a text insertion point, the editor searches forward until it finds a parenthesis, bracket,
or brace, then it searches in the opposite direction until it finds the matching punctuation.
When double-clicking on a parenthesis, bracket, or brace, the editor searches in the
opposite direction until it finds the matching punctuation.
When it finds a match, it highlights the text between the matching characters. If the
insertion point is not enclosed or if the punctuation is unbalanced, the computer beeps.

Toggling Automatic Punctuation Balancing

Use the Editor Settings to enable or disable the punctuation balancing feature.

82 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Figure 9.1 Editor Settings (Balance while Typing)

To toggle automatic punctuation balancing, follow these steps:

1. Select Edit > Preferences.
This opens the IDE Preferences window.
2. In the IDE Preference Panels list, select Editor Settings.
3. In the Other Settings area of Editor Settings, select or clear the Balance While
Typing checkbox.

Code Completion
Use code completion to have the IDE automatically suggest ways to complete the symbols
you enter in a source file. By using code completion, you avoid referring to other files to
remember available symbols.
C/C++ Code Completion will function more effectively when “Language Parser” is
selected for the “Generate Browser Data From” option in the Build Extras target settings
panel for a project. Java Code Completion is not affected by this setting.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 83

Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Code Completion Configuration

You can activate, deactivate, and customize code-completion operation. These tasks are
associated with code completion:
• Activate automatic code completion
• Trigger code completion from the IDE menu bar
• Trigger code completion from the keyboard
• Deactivate automatic code completion

Activating Automatic Code Completion

Activate automatic code completion to have the IDE display a Code Completion window
that helps you complete the symbols you enter in source code. The Code Completion
preference panel configures the Code Completion window behavior.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Code Completion preference panel in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the Automatic Invocation option.
Selecting this option configures the IDE to automatically open the Code Completion
window.
4. Enter a delay in the Code Completion Delay field.
This delay determines how long the IDE waits between the time you type a trigger
character and the time the Code Completion window appears. If you perform any
action during this delay time, the IDE cancels the Code Completion operation.
5. Save your preferences.
Click the Save or Apply button.
The Code Completion window now appears automatically to help you complete code in
editor windows.

Triggering Code Completion from IDE Menu

Trigger code completion from the main menu to open the Code Completion window.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Begin typing or place insertion point at end of source code that you want to complete.

84 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Code Completion

3. Choose Edit > Complete Code

The Code Completion window appears. Use it to complete the symbol at the insertion
point.

Triggering Code Completion from Keyboard

To open code completion from the keyboard:
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Begin typing or place insertion point at end of source code to complete.
3. Press the appropriate code completion shortcut key combination.
Table 9.1 on page 85 lists the default code completion key bindings. Use the
Customize IDE Commands panel to change these key bindings.

Table 9.1 Code Completion Key Bindings

Host Get Next Get Previous Complete Code

Completion Completion

Windows Alt-/ Alt-Shift-/ Alt-.

Deactivating Automatic Code Completion

Deactivate automatic code completion to prevent the IDE from displaying the Code
Completion window as you edit source code. The Code Completion preference panel
configures Code Completion window behavior.
You can still manually trigger code-completion functionality from the keyboard or from
the main menu.

NOTE To dismiss the Code Completion window after it automatically opens, press the
Esc key or click outside the active editor window.

1. Choose Edit > Preferences.

2. Select the Code Completion preference panel in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Disable the Automatic Invocation option.
Clearing this option prevents the IDE from automatically opening the Code
Completion window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 85

Editing Source Code
Code Completion

4. Save your preferences.

Click the Save or Apply button.

Code Completion Window

The Code Completion window displays possible symbols based on the context of the
insertion point. For example, in Java you can complete code for any Java class, method,
and variable from any package that has been imported or is being used elsewhere in the
project.
Figure 9.2 shows the Code Completion window. Table 9.2 on page 87 explains the items
in the Code Completion window. Table 9.3 on page 87 explains the icons that appear in
the Code Completion list.

Figure 9.2 Code Completion Window

86 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Table 9.2 Code Completion Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Code Lists available variables and methods or

Completion list functions along with their corresponding return
types or parameters. This list changes based on
the context of the insertion point in the active
editor window. Icons help distinguish items in the
list.

Disclosure Click to toggle display of Documentation pane for

Triangle programming languages that support it.

Resize Bar Drag to resize the Code Completion list and the
Documentation pane.

Documentation Displays summary information or documentation

pane for the selected item in the Code Completion list.
This pane appears only for programming
languages that support summary information or
documentation.

Table 9.3 Code Completion Window—Icons

Icon Code Type Icon Code Type

Class Method

Function Namespace

Global Variable None

Language Keyword Package

Local Variable Variable

Constant

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 87

Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Navigating the Code Completion Window

Navigate the Code Completion window by mouse or keyboard. You can perform these
tasks:
• Resize the window
• Navigate the window by keyboard
• Refine the Code Completion list by keyboard
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code to complete.
3. Choose Edit > Complete Code or use keyboard shortcut.
The Code Completion window appears.
4. Use the mouse to resize the Code Completion window (Mac and Windows).
The new window size remains in effect until you refine the Code Completion list or
close the Code Completion window. You refine the Code Completion list by typing
additional characters in the active editor window.
5. Use the keyboard to navigate the Code Completion list.
Table 9.4 explains how to navigate the Code Completion list by keyboard.

Table 9.4 Navigating the Code Completion List by Keyboard

Key Action

Up Arrow Select the previous item

Down Arrow Select the next item

Page Up Scroll to the previous page

Page Down Scroll to the next page

6. Use the keyboard to refine the Code Completion list.

The Code Completion list updates as you add or delete characters in the active editor
window. Continue adding characters to narrow the list, or delete existing characters to
broaden the list. Press the Backspace key to delete characters.

88 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Selecting Item in Code Completion Window

Select an item in the Code Completion window to have the IDE enter that item in the
active editor window at the insertion point.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the source code to complete.
3. Choose Edit > Complete Code.
4. Select an item in the Code Completion list.
5. Enter the item into the active editor window.
Press the Return or Enter keys on the keyboard or double-click the item to have the
IDE insert that item into the editor window.

Completing Code for Data Members and Data Types

Complete code for data members for programming languages that support it. For a list of
data members type the period (.) character and activate the code completion window.
Figure 9.3 shows an example of helping you select the correct data type depending on
what code has been typed in the source file.

Figure 9.3 Code Completion List of Data Types

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 89

Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Completing Code for Parameter Lists

Complete code for parameter lists for programming languages that support it. For
example, you can complete code for parameter lists by typing the open parenthesis(
character.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. Place the insertion point at the end of the function or method to complete.
3. Type an open parenthesis to trigger a parameter-list.
4. The Code Completion window appears.
The upper portion of this window lists different (overloaded) versions of the function
or method. The lower portion shows possible parameter lists for the selected function
or method in the top portion. Use this window to complete the parameter list for the
function or method.

Figure 9.4 Code Completion for Parameter Lists

Completing Code for Pragmas

You can display a list of pragmas in the code completion window.
1. Bring forward an editor window.
2. In your source file, type #pragma followed by a space.
3. Activate the code completion window (Alt .).
The code completion window will display a list of pragmas.

90 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Editing Source Code
Code Completion

Figure 9.5 Code Completion for Pragmas

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 91

Editing Source Code
Code Completion

92 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 10
Navigating Source Code
This chapter explains how to navigate source code in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Navigate
source code to accomplish these tasks:
• Find specific items—the editor finds interface files, functions, and lines of source
code.
• Go to a specific line—the editor can scroll to a specific line of source code.
• Use markers—the editor allows labelling of specific items of text. These labels, or
markers, provide intuitive navigation of text.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for navigating source code.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines”
• “Going Back and Forward”
• “Using Markers”
• “Symbol Definitions”

Finding Interface Files, Functions, and

Lines
Find interface files, functions, and lines of source code to expedite programming. You can
find these types of items:
• interface files
• functions
• lines of source code

Finding Interface Files

Find interface (header) files referenced by the current source code. Some programming
languages, such as C++, use interface files in conjunction with source code. Interface files
typically define functions or objects used in the source code. Interface files also separate
function or object declarations from implementations. This section explains how to find
interface files.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 93

Navigating Source Code
Finding Interface Files, Functions, and Lines

Using Interface Menu

Use the Interface menu in editor windows to open interface or header files referenced by
the current file. The project file must be open for the Interface menu to operate.
1. Click the Interface menu.
2. Select the filename of the interface file that you want to open.
If found, the file is opened in an editor window. If not found, an alert sounds.

NOTE Only source code interface files can be opened. Libraries and pre-compiled
header files can not be opened.

Locating Functions
Find functions to expedite source-code editing. Most source files contain several functions
that divide a complicated task into a series of simpler tasks. The editor allows scrolling to
individual functions within the current source file. This section explains how to find
functions.

Using Functions Menu

Use the Functions menu in editor windows to quickly navigate to specific functions or
routines in the current source file.
1. Click the Functions menu.
2. Select the function name to view.
The editor scrolls to display the selected function.

Alphabetizing Functions Menu with the Mouse and

Keyboard
The default behavior of the Functions menu is to list functions in order of appearance in
the source file. You can use the mouse and keyboard to list functions in alphabetical order.
Use the mouse and keyboard to alphabetize functions in the Functions menu. On a
Windows host, Ctrl-click the Functions menu.

94 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Navigating Source Code
Going Back and Forward

Alphabetizing Functions Menu Order

The default behavior of the Functions menu is to list functions in order of appearance in
the source file. You can select the Sort function popup option in the Editor Settings
panel to list functions in alphabetical order.
1. Open the IDE Preferences window.
Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Editor Settings preference panel.
3. Select the Sort function popup option.
4. Save your modifications to the Editor Settings panel.

Going Back and Forward

Go back and forward in source files to edit existing code. Most source files contain more
than one screen of code. The editor always counts the number of lines in the source files.
Go to a particular line to scroll a particular item into view.

Going to Line
Use the Goto Line command to navigate to a specific source line in an editor window if
you know its number. Lines are numbered consecutively, with the first line designated as
line 1. The Line Number control at the bottom of the editor window shows the line
number where the text insertion point is positioned.
1. Open the Line Number window.
• Click the Line and Column Indicator control in bottom left corner of editor
window, or
• Choose Search > Go To Line
2. Type a line number in the Line Number text box.
3. Click OK.

NOTE If a line number does not exist, the insertion point jumps to the last line of the
source file.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 95

Navigating Source Code
Using Markers

Using Markers
Markers behave like labels in the editor, identifying specific parts of source code. Use
these tasks to work with markers:
• Add markers to a source file
• Navigate to a marker
• Remove some or all markers from a source file

Remove Markers Window

Use the Remove Markers window to manage the use of destination markers in source
files. Figure 10.1 shows the Remove Markers window. Table 10.1 explains the items in
the window.

Figure 10.1 Remove Marker window

Table 10.1 Remove Markers Window—Items

Item Explanation

Markers list Displays a list of all markers in the current source file.

Remove button Click to remove all selected markers.

Cancel button Click to close the Remove Markers window without applying
changes.

Done button Click to close the Remove Markers window and apply changes.

96 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Navigating Source Code
Using Markers

Adding Markers to Source File

Use the Add Marker command to add a marker to a file to identify specific line locations
by name.
1. Position the cursor on a line.
2. Click on Marker icon and select Add Marker.
3. Type a name for the new marker.
4. Click Add.
The IDE adds the marker to the file.

Navigating to Marker
Once you add a marker, you can use the Marker menu to return to it later.
1. Select the marker name from the Marker menu.
2. The editor window scrolls to display the selected marker.

Removing Marker from Source File

Use the Remove Marker command to remove one or more markers from a source file.
1. Click Marker icon and select Remove Markers
2. Select the marker name to remove from the list.
3. Click Remove.
The IDE removes the selected marker.

Removing All Markers from Source File

Use the Remove Marker command to remove one or more markers from a source file.
1. Click Marker icon and select Remove Markers
2. On a Windows host, select all markers in the Markers list by shift-clicking each
marker name in the list.
3. Click Remove.
The IDE removes all markers.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 97

Navigating Source Code
Symbol Definitions

Symbol Definitions
You can find a symbol definition in your project’s source code. Supported online
reference viewers include HTMLHelp for Windows.

TIP You can also use the browser to look up symbol definitions.

Figure 10.2 Find Definition

Looking Up Symbol Definitions

To look up the definition of a selected symbol, follow these steps:
1. Choose Search > Find Definition
2. Enter the symbol definition.
3. Click OK.
CodeWarrior searches all files in your project for the symbol definition.
If CodeWarrior finds a definition, it opens an editor window and highlights the
definition for you to examine.

TIP To return to your original location after viewing a symbol definition, press Shift-
Ctrl B. This key binding is equivalent to the Go Back menu command.

98 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 11
Finding and Replacing Text
This chapter explains how to work with the find-and-replace features in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Single-File Find”
• “Single-File Find and Replace”
• “Multiple-File Find and Replace”
• “Search Results Window”
• “Text-Selection Find”
• “Regular-Expression Find”
• “Comparing Files and Folders”

Single-File Find
Use the Find window to search for text within a single file:
• The Find operation returns a single instance of matching text.
• The Find All operation returns all instances of matching text.
Figure 11.1 shows the Find window. Table 11.1 on page 100 explains the items in the Find
window.

Figure 11.1 Find Window

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 99

Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find

Table 11.1 Find Window—Items

Item Explanation

Find text/list box Enter a search string. Click the arrow symbol to select a
search string that you entered previously.

Find button Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find
text/list box.

Find All button Click to search for all matches in the active editor window.

Cancel button Click to close the Find window without performing a search.

Match whole word Check to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring
checkbox matches within words.
Clear to search for all matches of the search string, including
matches within words.

Case sensitive Check to consider text case during the search. The search
checkbox operation distinguishes between a capital letter and the same
letter in lower case.
Clear to disregard text case during the search. The search
operation does not distinguish between a capital letter and the
same letter in lower case.

Regular expression Check to treat the search string as a regular expression.

checkbox
Clear to treat the search string as plain text.

Stop at end of file Check to stop a search at the end of a file and not wrap around
checkbox to the beginning of the file.
Clear to wrap around to the beginning of the file and continue
a search. The search stops at the first match or at the current
cursor position.

Search up checkbox Check to perform a search operation back from the current
selection.
Clear to perform a search operation forward of the current
selection

Search selection only Check to search only the currently selected text and not the
checkbox entire file.
Clear to search the entire file.

All text option button Select to search all text in the file.

100 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find and Replace

Table 11.1 Find Window—Items (continued)

Item Explanation

Code only option Select to search only source code in the file.
button

Comments only option Select to search only comments in the file.

button

Searching Text in Single File

Use the Find command to search for text in the active editor window.
1. Click Search > Find.
The Find window appears.
2. Enter search text into Find text/list box.
3. Set search options.
4. Click the Find or Find All button to start the search.
The IDE searches the current file until it finds a match or reaches the end of the search. A
single match appears highlighted in the editor window, or multiple matches appear in a
Search Results window. The IDE beeps if it does not find any matching text.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search >
Find Next to find the next match in the file.

Single-File Find and Replace

Use the Find and Replace window to perform these tasks:
• Search a single file.
• Replace found text in a single file.
Figure 11.2 shows the Find and Replace window. Table 11.2 explains the items in the Find
and Replace window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 101

Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find and Replace

Figure 11.2 Find and Replace Window

Table 11.2 Find and Replace Window—Items

Item Explanation

Find text/list box Enter a search string. Click the arrow symbol to select a search
string that you entered previously.

Replace with text/list Enter the replacement string. Click the arrow symbol to select
box a replacement string that you entered previously.

Find button Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find
text/list box.

Replace button Click to replace the current match with the replacement string.

Replace All button Click to replace all matches with the replacement string.

Cancel button Click to close the Find and Replace window without performing
a search.

Match whole word Check to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring
checkbox matches within words.
Clear to search for all matches of the search string, including
matches within words.

Case sensitive Check to consider text case during the search. The search
checkbox operation distinguishes between a capital letter and the same
letter in lower case.
Clear to disregard text case during the search. The search
operation does not distinguish between a capital letter and the
same letter in lower case.

102 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Single-File Find and Replace

Table 11.2 Find and Replace Window—Items (continued)

Item Explanation

Regular expression Check to treat the search string as a regular expression.

checkbox
Clear to treat the search string as plain text.

Stop at end of file Check to stop a search at the end of a file and not wrap around
checkbox to the beginning of the file.
Clear to wrap around to the beginning of the file and continue a
search. The search stops at the first match or at the current
cursor position.

Search up checkbox Check to perform a search operation back from the current
selection.
Clear to perform a search operation forward of the current
selection

Search selection only Check to search only the currently selected text and not the
checkbox entire file.
Clear to search the entire file.

All text option button Select to search all text in the file.

Code only option Select to search only source code in the file.
button

Comments only Select to search only comments in the file.

option button

Replacing Text in Single File

Use the Replace command to replace matching text.
1. Click Search > Replace or Search > Find and Replace.
The Find window appears.
2. Enter search text into the Find text/list box.
3. Enter replacement text into the Replace with text/list box.
4. Set search options.
5. Find and replace text:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 103

Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

a. Click the Find button to search for matching text.

The IDE searches the current file until it finds a match or reaches the end of the
search. A single match appears highlighted in the editor window. The IDE beeps if
it does not find any matching text.
b. Click the Replace or Replace All button to replace the matching text.
Click the Replace button to replace the current match. Click the Replace button
repeatedly to replace subsequent matches. Click the Replace All button to replace
all matching text in the file.
To replace consecutive matches, click the Find button to find the first match, then
repeatedly click the Replace button. To replace one match at a time, or to replace non-
consecutive matches, click the Find button to find a match, then click the Replace button
as needed.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search >
Find Next to find the next match in the file.

Multiple-File Find and Replace

Use the Find in Files window to perform these tasks:
• Search several files.
• Replace found text in multiple files, folders, symbolics files, or projects.
• Replace found text in files within a specific build target.
Figure 11.3 shows the Find in Files window. Table 11.3 explains the items in the window.

104 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Figure 11.3 Find in Files Window

Table 11.3 Find in Files Window—Items

Item Explanation

Find text/list box Enter a search string. Click the arrow symbol to select a search
string that you entered previously.

Replace with text/ Enter the replacement string. Click the arrow symbol to select a
list box replacement string that you entered previously.

Find button Click to start a search operation using the string in the Find text/list
box.

Find All button Click to search for all matches in the selected items.

Replace button Click to replace the current match with the replacement string.

Replace All button Click to replace all matches with the replacement string.

Stop button Click to stop the current operation.

Match whole word Check to search for whole-word matches only, ignoring matches
checkbox within words.
Clear to search for all matches of the search string, including
matches within words.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 105

Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Table 11.3 Find in Files Window—Items (continued)

Item Explanation

Case sensitive Check to consider text case during the search. The search
checkbox operation distinguishes between a capital letter and the same letter
in lower case.
Clear to disregard text case during the search. The search
operation does not distinguish between a capital letter and the
same letter in lower case.

Regular Check to treat the search string as a regular expression.

expression
Clear to treat the search string as plain text.
checkbox

All text option Select to search all text in the selected items.
button

Code only option Select to search only source code in selected items.
button

Comments only Select to search only comments in selected items.

option button

In Folders tab Click to bring forward the In Folders page. Use this page to search
specific folders in the host file system.

In Projects tab Click to bring forward the In Projects page. Use this page to search
active projects and build targets.

In Symbolics tab Click to bring forward the In Symbolics page. Use this page to
search files containing symbolics (debugging and browsing)
information generated by the IDE.

In Files tab Click to bring forward the In Files page. Use this page to search
files contained in custom file sets.

In Folders
Use the In Folders page to search folder contents for matching text. Figure 11.4 shows the
In Folders page. Table 11.4 explains the items in the page.

106 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Figure 11.4 Find in Files Window—In Folders Page

Table 11.4 Find in Files Window—In Folders Items

Item Explanation

Search in text/list Enter the path to the folder that you want to search. Click the
box arrow symbol to select a path that you entered previously.

Browse button Click to open a dialog box that lets you pick the folder that you
want to search.

Search sub-folders Check to search sub-folders of the selected folder.

checkbox
Clear to search the selected folder only, ignoring any sub-
folders it may contain.

By type text/list box Enter the filename extensions of the files that you want to
search. Click the arrow symbol to select a set of filename
extensions.
The search ignores files whose filename extensions do not
appear in this text/list box.

Searching for Text Across Multiple Folders

Use the In Folders page to search for text in folder contents.
1. Click Search > Find in Files.
The Find in Files window appears.
2. Enter search text into the Find text/list box.
3. Enter replacement text into the Replace with text/list box.
4. Set general search options.
5. Set the In Folders page search options:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 107

Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

a. Enter a folder path into the Search in text/list box, or click the Browse button to
select a folder.
b. Check or clear the Search sub-folders checkbox.
c. Enter filename extensions into the By type text/list box.
6. Find and replace text:
a. Click the Find or Find All button to search for matching text.
The IDE searches the specified folder contents until it finds a match or reaches the
end of the search. A single match appears highlighted in an editor window, or
multiple matches appear in a Search Results window. The IDE beeps if it does not
find any matching text.
b. Click the Replace or Replace All button to replace the matching text.
Click the Replace button to replace the current match. Click the Replace button
repeatedly to replace subsequent matches. Click the Replace All button to replace
all matching text.
To replace consecutive matches, click the Find button to find the first match, then
repeatedly click the Replace button. To replace one match at a time, or to replace non-
consecutive matches, click the Find button to find a match, then click the Replace button
as needed.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search > Find Next to
find the next match.

In Projects
Use the In Projects page to search active projects and build targets for matching text.
Figure 11.5 shows the In Projects page. Table 11.5 explains the items in the page.

Figure 11.5 Find in Files Window—In Projects Page

108 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Table 11.5 Find in Files Window—In Projects Items

Item Explanation

Project list box Specify the projects that you want to search.

Target list box Specify the build targets that you want to search.

Project sources Check to search the source-code files of selected projects.

checkbox
Clear to ignore source-code files of selected projects.

Project headers Check to search the header files of selected projects.

checkbox
Clear to ignore header files of selected projects.

System headers Check to search system header files.

checkbox
Clear to ignore system header files.

Search cached sub- Check to search sub-targets that the IDE cached for the
targets checkbox selected build targets.
Clear to ignore the sub-targets that the IDE cached for the
selected build targets.

File list This list shows files that the IDE will search. To remove a file
from this list, select it and press Backspace or Delete. To
open a file in this list, double-click its name.

Searching for Text Across Multiple Projects

Use the In Projects page to search for text in active projects and build targets.
1. Click Project > Make.
The IDE updates the project data to correctly list source-code files, header files, and
build targets in the In Projects page of the Find in Files window.
2. Click Search > Find in Files.
The Find in Files window appears.
3. Enter search text into the Find text/list box.
4. Enter replacement text into the Replace with text/list box.
5. Set general search options.
6. Set the In Projects page search options:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 109

Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

a. Use the Project list box to specify the projects that you want to search.
b. Use the Target list box to specify the build targets that you want to search.
c. Check or clear the checkboxes to refine your search criteria.
d. Remove files from the File list as needed.
7. Find and replace text:
a. Click the Find or Find All button to search for matching text.
The IDE searches the specified projects and build targets until it finds a match or
reaches the end of the search. A single match appears highlighted in an editor
window, or multiple matches appear in a Search Results window. The IDE beeps if
it does not find any matching text.
b. Click the Replace or Replace All button to replace the matching text.
Click the Replace button to replace the current match. Click the Replace button
repeatedly to replace subsequent matches. Click the Replace All button to replace
all matching text.
To replace consecutive matches, click the Find button to find the first match, then
repeatedly click the Replace button. To replace one match at a time, or to replace non-
consecutive matches, click the Find button to find a match, then click the Replace button
as needed.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search > Find Next to
find the next match.

In Symbolics
Use the In Symbolics page to search files containing symbolics information for matching
text. Figure 11.6 shows the In Symbolics page. Table 11.6 explains the items in the page.

Figure 11.6 Find in Files Window—In Symbolics Page

110 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Table 11.6 Find in Files Window—In Symbolics Items

Item Explanation

Symbolics list Specify the symbolics files that you want to search.
box

Symbolics list This list shows the symbolics files that the IDE will search. To
remove a file from this list, select it and press Backspace or
Delete. To open a file in this list, double-click its name.

Searching for Text Across Multiple Symbolics Files

Use the In Symbolics page to search for text in symbolics files. You must generate
browser data in order to search symbolics files.
1. Enable browser data for the build targets that you want to search.
Use the Build Extras target settings panel to Generate Browser Data From a
compiler or language parser, then Apply or Save your changes. Configuring this
option enables browser data.
2. Click Project > Debug.
Starting a debugging session causes the IDE to generate browser data for the project.

NOTE The IDE does not generate browser data for some files, such
as libraries.

3. Click Debug > Kill.

The debugging session ends.
4. Click Search > Find in Files.
The Find in Files window appears.
5. Enter search text into the Find text/list box.
6. Enter replacement text into the Replace with text/list box.
7. Set general search options.
8. Set the In Symbolics page search options:
a. Use the Symbolics list box to specify the symbolics files that you want
to search.
b. Remove symbolics files from the Symbolics list as needed.
9. Find and replace text:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 111

Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

a. Click the Find or Find All button to search for matching text.
The IDE searches the specified symbolics files until it finds a match or reaches the
end of the search. A single match appears highlighted in an editor window, or
multiple matches appear in a Search Results window. The IDE beeps if it does not
find any matching text.
b. Click the Replace or Replace All button to replace the matching text.
Click the Replace button to replace the current match. Click the Replace button
repeatedly to replace subsequent matches. Click the Replace All button to replace
all matching text.
To replace consecutive matches, click the Find button to find the first match, then
repeatedly click the Replace button. To replace one match at a time, or to replace non-
consecutive matches, click the Find button to find a match, then click the Replace button
as needed.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search > Find Next to
find the next match.

In Files
Use the In Files page to search file sets for matching text. Figure 11.7 shows the In Files
page. Table 11.7 on page 113 explains the items in the page.

Figure 11.7 Find in Files Window—In Files Page

112 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Multiple-File Find and Replace

Table 11.7 Find in Files window—In Files items

Item Explanation

File Set list box Specify the file set that you want to search. Select New File Set to
create a new set.

File Set list This list shows the files that the IDE will search. To remove a file
from this list, select it and press Backspace or Delete. To add files
to this list, click the Add Files button, or drag and drop files and
folders into the list. To open a file in this list, double-click its name.

Add Files Click to open a dialog box that lets you add files to the current file
button set. To enable this button, select from the File Set list box an
existing file set or the New File Set option.

Clear List Click to clear the current File Set list. To enable this button, select
button from the File Set list box a file set that has at least one file.

Save This Set Click to save the current file set under a specific name. The file set
button must have at least one file. The name appears in the File Set list
box. To enable this button, modify the current file set or select an
existing file set from the File Set list box.

Remove a Set Click to open a dialog box that lets you remove file sets that you
button created previously. The removed file sets no longer appear in the
File Set list box. To enable this button, select from the File Set list
box an existing file set or the New File Set option.

Searching for Text Across Multiple Files

Use the In Files page to search for text in file sets.
1. Click Search > Find in Files.
The Find in Files window appears.
2. Enter search text into the Find text/list box.
3. Enter replacement text into the Replace with text/list box.
4. Set general search options.
5. Set the In Files page search options:
a. Use the File Set list box to specify the file set that you want to search.
b. Use the buttons to manage the File Set list as needed.
c. Remove files from the File Set list as needed.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 113

Finding and Replacing Text
Search Results Window

6. Find and replace text:

a. Click the Find or Find All button to search for matching text.
The IDE searches the specified files until it finds a match or reaches the end of the
search. A single match appears highlighted in an editor window, or multiple
matches appear in a Search Results window. The IDE beeps if it does not find any
matching text.
b. Click the Replace or Replace All button to replace the matching text.
Click the Replace button to replace the current match. Click the Replace button
repeatedly to replace subsequent matches. Click the Replace All button to replace
all matching text.
To replace consecutive matches, click the Find button to find the first match, then
repeatedly click the Replace button. To replace one match at a time, or to replace non-
consecutive matches, click the Find button to find a match, then click the Replace button
as needed.

TIP If you clicked the Find button to start the search, click Search > Find Next to
find the next match in the file.

Search Results Window

Use the Search Results window to explore multiple matches that the IDE finds. The IDE
opens this window automatically after it finds multiple matches. Also use this window to
stop searches in progress.
Figure 11.8 shows the Search Results window. Table 11.8 explains the items in the
window.

114 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Search Results Window

Figure 11.8 Search Results Window

Table 11.8 Search Results Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Result Count text Shows the total number of search

box results.

Search Criteria Shows the search criteria.

text box

Warnings button Click to display complier and linker

warnings in the Results pane. The
text box to the right of this button
shows the total number of warnings.

Stop button Click to stop the search in progress.

Previous Result Click to select the previous search

button result.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 115

Finding and Replacing Text
Text-Selection Find

Table 11.8 Search Results Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Next Result button Click to select the next search result.

Results pane Lists individual search results.

Source Code pane Click to show or hide the Source

disclosure triangle Code pane.

Pane resize bar Drag to resize the Results and

Source Code panes.

Source Code pane Shows the source code

corresponding to the selected item
in the Results pane. This pane
operates the same as an editor
window without pane-splitter
controls.

Text-Selection Find
After you use the Find, Find and Replace, or Find in Files windows to perform a
successful search, you can use menu commands to apply the same search criteria to
additional searches. This way, you do not have to open the windows again to use the same
search criteria. You select text in the active editor window to define the
search string.

Using Find Next Command

When searching for text, you can use the Find Next command to have the IDE find the
next match:
1. Start a search with the Find, Find and Replace, or Find in Files windows.
2. After the IDE finds a match, click Search > Find Next to find a subsequent match.

NOTE Find Next always searches forward and ignores the Search up checkbox.

116 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Text-Selection Find

Using Find Previous Command

When searching for text, you can use the Find Previous command to have the IDE find
the previous match. You must enable the Find Previous command in the Customize IDE
Commands window.
1. Click Edit > Commands & Key Bindings.
The Customize IDE Commands window opens.
2. Click the Commands tab in the Customize IDE Commands window.
3. Expand the Search item in the Commands pane tree structure.
4. Select the Find Previous item in the expanded list.
Scroll as needed in order to see the Find Previous item. After you select the Find
Previous item, its settings appear in Details pane.
5. Check the Appears in Menus checkbox.
The Find Previous command will appear in the Search menu in the main IDE menu
bar.
6. Click Save to confirm your changes.
7. Close the Customize IDE Commands window.
You can now select the Find Previous command in the Search menu. You can also use
the key binding associated with the command.

Changing Find String

Use the Enter Find String command to change the current find string.
1. Select the text that you want to use as the new find string.
2. Click Search > Enter Find String.
The selected text replaces the find string that you specified in the Find, Find and
Replace, or Find in Files windows.
You can now use the new find string to perform find and replace operations.

Searching with Text Selection

Use the Find Selection command to search the active editor window for selected text.
1. Select the text that you want to use as the search string.
2. Click Search > Find Selection.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 117

Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find

The IDE searches the active editor window until it finds a match or reaches the end of the
search. A single match appears highlighted in the editor window. The IDE beeps if it does
not find any matching text.
You can also use the Find Next and Find Previous commands to search for additional
matching text.

Regular-Expression Find
Use regular expressions to search text according to sophisticated text-matching rules. A
regular expression is a text string used as a mask for matching text in a file. To use regular
expressions, select Regular expression in the Find, Find and Replace, or Find in Files
windows. Certain characters are operators with special meanings in a regular expression.

TIP For an in-depth description of regular expressions, refer to Mastering Regular

Expressions by Jeffrey E.F. Friedl, published by O’Reilly & Associates, Inc.

Table 11.9 explains the regular-expression operators that the IDE recognizes.

Table 11.9 Regular-Expression Operators Recognized by the IDE

Operator Name Explanation

. match any Matches any single printing or non-printing character

except newline and null.

* match zero Replaces the smallest/preceding regular expression

or more with a sub-expression.

+ match one Repeats the preceding regular expression at least once

or more and then as many times as necessary to match the
pattern.

? match zero Repeats the preceding regular expression once or not at

or one all.

\n back Refers to a specified group (a unit expression enclosed

reference in parentheses) in the find string. The digit n identifies
the nth group, from left to right, with a number from 1 to
9.

| alternation Matches one of a choice of regular expressions. If this

operator appears between two regular expressions, the
IDE matches the largest union of strings.

118 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find

Table 11.9 Regular-Expression Operators Recognized by the IDE (continued)

Operator Name Explanation

^ match Matches items from the beginning of a string or following

beginning of a newline character. This operator also represents a
line NOT operator when enclosed within brackets.

$ match end Matches items from the end of a string or preceding a

of line newline character.

[...] list Defines a set of items to use as a match. The IDE does
not allow empty lists.

(...) group Defines an expression to be treated as a single unit

elsewhere in the regular expression.

- range Specifies a range. The range starts with the character

preceding the operator and ends with the character
following the operator.

Table 11.10 shows various examples of using regular expressions to match particular text
in a text sample.

Table 11.10 Examples of Using Regular Expressions

Example Regular Matching text Sample text

Type expression

Matching simple ex ex sample text

expressions
[(][.]stack[)] (.stack) ADDR(.stack)

Matching any var. var1 cout << var1;

character
var2 cout << var2;

c.t cut cin >> cutF;

cot cin >> cotG;

Repeating s*ion ion information

expressions
ssion the session

s+ion sion confusion

ssion the session

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 119

Finding and Replacing Text
Regular-Expression Find

Table 11.10 Examples of Using Regular Expressions (continued)

Example Regular Matching text Sample text

Type expression

Grouping ris ris surprise

expressions
r( i)s r is theVar is

Choosing one [bls]ag sag bag lag sagging bag

character from lagged
many
[[aeiou][0-9] [2 u9 cout << a[2] <<
u9;

[^bls]ag rag sagging rag

lagged

[-ab]V aV -V aVal-Val;

Matching line ^([\t]*cout) cout cout << "no

beginnings and tab";
cout
endings
cout <<
"tab";

(l*;)$ l; a-ct; a =
battLvl;
;
b-ct;

Using Find String in Replace String

Use the & operator to incorporate matching text into a replacement string. The IDE
substitutes the matching text for the & operator. Use \& to indicate a literal ampersand in
the replacement string.
Table 11.11 shows examples of using the find string in the replace string of regular
expressions.
.

Table 11.11 Examples of Using the Find String in the Replace String

Find string Replace string Matching text After replacement

var[0-9] my_& var1 my_var1

tgt \&target tgt &target

120 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Remembering Sub-expressions
Use the \n construct to recall sub-expressions from the find string in the replacement
string. The digit n ranges from 1 to 9 and represents the nth sub-expression in the find
string, counting from left to right. Enclose each sub-expression in parentheses.
Consider these sample definitions:
• Find string: \#define[ \t]+(.+)[ \t]+([0-9]+);
• Replace string: const int \1 = \2;
• Sub-expression \1: (.+)
• Sub-expression \2: ([0-9]+)
These definitions show a replacement operation that recalls two sub-expressions. Table
11.12 shows the result of applying these sample definitions to some text.

Table 11.12 Remembering sub-expressions

Before replacement \1 \2 After replacement

matches matches
this text this text

#define var1 10; var1 10 const int var1 = 10;

#define a 100; a 100 const int a = 100;

Comparing Files and Folders

The IDE can compare files or folder contents and graphically show you the differences
between them. You can perform these tasks:
• Compare two files.
• Compare the contents of two folders.
You perform the comparison by specifying a source item and a destination item. You can
apply or remove the changes in the source item to or from the destination item.

Comparison Setup
You use the Compare Files Setup window to enter information about the files or folders
that you want to compare. Figure 11.9 on page 122 shows the Compare Files Setup
window. Table 11.13 on page 122 explains items in the window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 121

Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Figure 11.9 Compare Files Setup Window

Table 11.13 Compare Files Setup Window—Items

Item Explanation

Source box Click the Choose button to specify the source file or folder for the
comparison, or drag and drop a file or folder into the box. Click the
selector to the left of the Choose button to specify a file in an open editor
window.

Destination Click the Choose button to specify the destination file or folder for the
box comparison, or drag and drop a file or folder into the box. Click the
selector to the left of the Choose button to specify a file in an open editor
window.

Case Check to consider text case during the compare operation.

sensitive
The comparison distinguishes between a capital letter and the same
checkbox
letter in lower case.
Clear to disregard text case during the compare operation.
The comparison does not distinguish between a capital letter and the
same letter in lower case.

Ignore extra Check to consider extra spaces and tabs during the compare operation.
space The comparison distinguishes differences in the number of spaces and
checkbox tabs in the compared files.
Clear to disregard extra spaces and tabs during the compare operation.
The comparison does not distinguish differences in the number of spaces
and tabs in the compared files.

122 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Table 11.13 Compare Files Setup Window—Items (continued)

Item Explanation

Only show Check to have the Folder Compare Results window show only the
different differences between the compared folders. The Files in Both Folders
files pane stays blank.
checkbox
Clear to have the Folder Compare Results window show all files from
the compared folders as well as the differences between those folders.
The Files in Both Folders pane shows the common files between the
compared folders.

Compare Check to identify differences in terms of a byte-by-byte comparison of the

text file files.
contents
Clear to identify differences in terms of only the sizes and modification
checkbox
dates of the files.

Compare Click to compare the specified files or folders.

button

Choosing Files to Compare

Use the Compare Files command to specify two files that you want to compare.
1. Click Search > Compare Files.
The Compare Files Setup window appears.
2. Specify a source file for the comparison.
Click the Choose button in the Source box or drag and drop the file into the Source
box. To specify a file in an open editor window, click the selector in the Source box.
3. Specify a destination file for the comparison.
Click the Choose button in the Destination box or drag and drop the file into the
Destination box. To specify a file in an open editor window, click the selector in the
Destination box.
4. Configure the checkboxes in the Text Compare Options group.
Check the Case sensitive checkbox to distinguish between a capital letter and the same
letter in lower case. Check the Ignore extra space checkbox to disregard extra spaces
or tabs in the files.
5. Click the Compare button.
The IDE performs the file comparison. The File Compare Results window appears.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 123

Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Choosing Folders to Compare

Follow these steps to specify two folders that you want to compare:
1. Click Search > Compare Files.
The Compare Files Setup window appears.
2. Specify a source folder for the comparison.
Click the Choose button in the Source box or drag and drop the folder into the Source
box.
3. Specify a destination folder for the comparison.
Click the Choose button in the Destination box or drag and drop the folder into the
Destination box.
4. Configure the checkboxes in the Text Compare Options group.
These options apply to the files inside the compared folders. Check the Case sensitive
checkbox to distinguish between a capital letter and the same letter in lower case.
Check the Ignore extra space checkbox to disregard extra spaces or tabs in the files.
5. Configure the checkboxes in the Folder Compare Options group.
These options apply to the contents of the compared folders. Check the Only show
different files checkbox to have the Folder Compare Results window show only the
files that differ between the source folder and destination folder. Check this option to
have the Files in Both Folders pane of the Folder Compare Results window stay
blank.
Check the Compare text file contents checkbox to have the IDE perform a content-
based comparison of the text files in the compared folders. Check this option to have
the Folder Compare Results window show differences in terms of file content instead
of file sizes and modification dates.
6. Click the Compare button.
The IDE performs the folder comparison. The Folder Compare Results window
appears.

CAUTION The compare operation ignores folders matching the criteria that you
specify in the Shielded Folders preference panel.

File Comparison
The IDE file-comparison feature identifies additions, changes, and deletions between two
text files. In addition, this feature allows you to apply the differences in the source file to
the destination file.

124 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

You can also use this feature to merge changes between two versions of the same text file.
Specify one version of the text file as the source file and the other version of the text file as
the destination file. Then you can apply changes from the source file to the destination file.
The destination file becomes the merged file.
After you use the Compare Files Setup window to specify two files for comparison, click
the Compare button. The File Compare Results window appears. This window shows
the differences between the source file and destination file. You can apply or unapply
those differences to the destination file.
The File Compare Results window shows file differences in the form of highlighted
portions of text. The highlighting tracks with the text as you scroll through the compared
files.
Figure 11.10 on page 125 shows the File Compare Results window. Table 11.14 on
page 125 explains the items in the window.

Figure 11.10 File Compare Results Window

Table 11.14 File Compare Results Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Source pane N/A Shows the contents of the source file. You
cannot edit the contents of this pane.

Destination pane N/A Shows the contents of the destination file.

You can edit the contents of this pane.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 125

Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Table 11.14 File Compare Results Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Pane resize bar Drag to resize the Source and Destination

panes.

Apply button Click to apply the selected Differences pane

items to the destination file.

Unapply button Click to unapply the selected Differences

pane items from the destination file.

Undo button Click to undo your last text edit in the

Destination pane.

Redo button Click to redo your last text edit in the

Destination pane.

Differences N/A Shows the differences between the Source

pane pane and the Destination pane. Select an
item to highlight it in the Source and
Destination panes. Applied items appear in
an italicized font

Applying File Differences

Use the Apply Difference command to apply the selected items in the Differences pane
to the destination file.

NOTE You cannot alter the source file. You can change the destination file by
applying differences from the source file or by editing the contents of the
Destination pane.

1. Select the items in the Differences pane that you want to apply to the destination file.
2. Click Search > Apply Difference or click the Apply button in the File Compare
Results window.
The Destination pane updates to reflect the differences that you applied to the
destination file. The applied items in the Differences pane change to an italicized font.

TIP Use the Customize IDE Commands window to assign a key binding to the Apply
Difference command. This way, you can use the keyboard to apply differences.

126 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Unapplying File Differences

Use the Unapply Difference command to unapply the selected items in the Differences
pane from the destination file.

NOTE You cannot alter the source file. You can change the destination file by
unapplying differences from the source file or by editing the contents of the
Destination pane.

1. Select the items in the Differences pane that you want to unapply from the destination
file.
Items that you can unapply appear in an italicized font.
2. Click Search > Unapply Difference or click the Unapply button in the File
Compare Results window.
The Destination pane updates to reflect the differences that you unapplied from the
destination file. The unapplied items in the Differences pane no longer appear in an
italicized font.

TIP Use the Customize IDE Commands window to assign a key binding to the
Unapply Difference command. This way, you can use the keyboard to unapply
differences.

Folder Comparison
The IDE folder-comparison feature identifies the differences between the contents of two
folders. It reports the files in both folders, the files only in the source folder, and the files
only in the destination folder.
You can also use this feature to analyze the differences between two different releases of a
folder of software. Specify one release of the software folder as the source folder and the
other release of the software folder as the destination folder. Then you can analyze the
differences between the source and destination folders.
After you use the Compare Files Setup window to specify two folders for comparison,
click the Compare button. The Folder Compare Results window appears and shows the
differences between the source folder and destination folder.
The Folder Compare Results window shows folder differences in the form of
three panes. Italicized items in these panes indicate non-text files.
Figure 11.11 shows the Folder Compare Results window. Table 11.15 explains the items
in the window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 127

Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Figure 11.11 Folder Compare Results Window

Table 11.15 Folder Compare Results Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Pane Expand Click to enlarge the pane to fill the window.

box

Pane Click to reduce an expanded pane to its original

Collapse box size.

Pane resize Drag to resize the panes on either side of the

bar bar.

Files in Both N/A Shows the items that are in both the source
Folders pane folder and the destination folder. A bullet next to
an item indicates that the item content differs
between the two folders.

Files Only in N/A Shows the items that are in the source folder
Source pane only.

128 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

Table 11.15 Folder Compare Results Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Files Only in N/A Shows the items that are in the destination folder
Destination only.
pane

Selected N/A Shows file and difference information for the

item group selected item in the window panes.

Examining Items in Folder Compare Results Window

You can use the Folder Compare Results window to open text files and compare file
differences.
Double-click a text file to view and change its contents in an editor window.
A file whose contents differ between the source and destination folders has a bullet next to
its name. Double click the file to open a File Comparison Results window. Use this
window to examine the differences between the file contents.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 129

Finding and Replacing Text
Comparing Files and Folders

130 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 IV

Browser
This section includes these chapters:
• Using Browser
• Using Class Browser Windows
• Using Other Browser Windows
• Using Browser Wizards

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 131

132 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 12
Using Browser
This chapter explains how to work with the browser in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use the
browser to perform these tasks:
• Generate a browser database—the browser stores collected symbol information in a
browser database for the project. You can generate browser data from the compiler
or the language parser.
• Collect symbol information—symbols include functions, variables, and objects.
Enable the browser to collect information about the symbols in a project.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with the browser.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Browser Database”
• “Browser Symbols”

Browser Database
The browser database contains information about symbols in a program, which include
(depending on program language) global variables, functions, classes, and type
declarations, among others.
Some IDE windows require that the project contain a browser database. For example, the
Class Hierarchy window only displays information for a project that contains a browser
database. This section explains how to configure a project to generate its browser
database.

NOTE Generating a browser database increases the project’s size. To minimize the
project’s size, generate the browser database only for targets you frequently
use.

Browser Data
Browser data contains symbolic and relationship information about the project code. The
browser uses this data to access the code information.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 133

Using Browser
Browser Database

Use the Generate Browser Data From menu (Figure 12.1) in the Build Extras target
settings panel to enable and disable browser data generation. This drop-down menu
provides these options, which determine how the IDE generates browser data:
• None—The IDE does not generate browser data. Use None to disable browser data.
Select None to generate faster compiles (with no browser features).
• Compiler—The Compiler generates the browser data. While it compiles more
slowly, the compiler generates the most accurate browser data.
• Language Parser—The Code Completion plug-in associated with the project’s
programming language generates the browser data.

Figure 12.1 Generate Browser Data from Menu

Generating Browser Data

You can select an option in the Generate Browser Data From drop-down menu to
establish what the IDE uses to generate browser data for a project file.
To generate browser data, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Target Settings.
2. From the Target Settings Panels list, select Build Extras.
3. Choose Compiler or Language Parser from the Generate Browser Data From
menu.

NOTE Some compilers do not generate browser data.

a. Compiler—The compiler generates browser data and the following associated

item appears.
If you enable Dump internal browse information after compile, the generated
browser data appears in a log window after you compile a file.

134 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser
Browser Database

b. Language Parser—The Code Completion plug-in associated with the project’s

programming language generates the browser data. Browser data and the #include
pop-up window update as you edit.

NOTE Choose Language Parser for C/C++ code completion.

The Prefix and Macro files (Figure 12.2) are applicable to C/C++ Code
Completion.

Figure 12.2 Generate Browser Data from Language Parser

• Prefix file—Similar to that used in the C/C++ Language Settings panel, the
Prefix file contains header files that help the C/C++ Code Completion plug-in
parse code. The Prefix file should only include text files (not pre-compiled
header files).
• Macro file—Contains C/C++ macro files that help the Code Completion plug-in
resolve any #ifdefs found in the source code or in the header files.
4. If you selected Compiler, choose Project > Bring Up To Date or Make.
The IDE generates browser data for the project.
If you selected Language Parser, the IDE generates browser data in the background.

Disabling Browser Data

Select None to disable browser data and stop the IDE from generating browser
information for the project.
1. Choose Edit > Target Settings.
2. Select Build Extras from the Target Settings Panels list.
3. In the Generate Browser Data From drop-down menu, select None.
4. Click Save.
5. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE stops generating browser information.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 135

Using Browser
Browser Symbols

Browser Symbols
Navigate browser symbols to open browser views, find symbol definitions, and examine
inheritance.
You can navigate browser symbols in these ways:
• Use the Browser contextual menu to open various browser windows for a selected
symbol.
• Double-click a symbol name in the Class Browser window to open the file that
contains the declaration of that symbol.
• Use the class hierarchy windows to determine the ancestors or descendants of a
selected symbol.

Browser Contextual Menu

Use the IDE’s browser contextual menu to enhance source-code editing in the IDE. Use
this menu to streamline text entry in editor windows. You can enter the first few letters of
a function name, then use the browser contextual menu to complete the entry.

Using Browser Contextual Menu

1. Open the browser contextual menu on a Windows host by right-clicking a symbol
name.
2. Select a command from the contextual menu.

Identifying Symbols in the Browser Database

As a shortcut, you can use browser coloring to help recognize if a symbol resides in the
browser database. When you activate a browser, you can see browser-database symbols
because they appear in the editor and browser windows according to the colors you select.

TIP The default color setting is identical for all eight types of browser-database
symbols. You can choose a different color for each symbol type.

To change the browser symbol colors the editor uses, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the Activate Syntax Coloring option.

136 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser
Browser Symbols

4. Select the Activate Browser Coloring option.

5. Click the color swatch next to the symbol name to set that symbol's color.
6. Click Save.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 137

Using Browser
Browser Symbols

138 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 13
Using Class Browser
Windows
This chapter explains how to work with the Class Browser windows in the CodeWarrior™
IDE. Use the Class Browser to perform these tasks:
• View browser data—the class browser collects information about the elements of a
computer program. Such elements include functions, variables, and classes. The
class browser displays these elements in organized lists.
• Show data relationships—the class browser shows the relationships between classes,
data members, and methods. The class browser also updates the display to reflect
changes in class scope.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with Class Browser
windows.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Class Browser Window”
• “Classes Pane”
• “Member Functions Pane”
• “Data Members Pane”
• “Source Pane”
• “Status Area”

Class Browser Window

Use the Class Browser window to view information about the elements of a computer
program. This section explains how to use the Class Browser window to view browser
data.
Figure 13.1 on page 140 shows the Class Browser window. Table 13.1 on page 140
explains the items in the window. Table 13.2 on page 142 explains the options in the
Browser Access Filters list box.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 139

Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser Window

Figure 13.1 Class Browser Window

Table 13.1 Class Browser Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Go Back button Click to return to the preceding

browser view.

Go Forward Click to move to the succeeding

button browser view.

Browser Click to open the Browser Contents

Contents window.
button

Class Click to open the Multi-class Hierarchy

Hierarchy window.
button

Single Class Click to open the Single-class

Hierarchy Hierarchy window for the selected
Window button class.

Browser Select filters for displaying items in

Access Filters class-browser panes.
list box

140 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser Window

Table 13.1 Class Browser Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Show Inherited Select to show inherited items in the

Member Functions Pane and Data
Members Pane. Clear to hide inherited
items from these panes.

Classes Pane Lists all classes in the project browser

database.

Member Lists all member functions defined in

Functions Pane the currently selected class.

Data Members Lists all data members defined in the

Pane selected class.

Source Pane Displays source code for the currently

selected item.

Status Area Displays various status messages and

other information.

Display toggle Toggles the Classes display between

Alphabetical
buttons alphabetical and hierarchical listings.

Hierarchical

New Item Opens wizards to create new items

button (e.g., classes, data members, member
functions).

Pane Expand Expands the pane to the width of the

box full window.

Pane Collapse Collapses the pane to its original size.

Box

Classes Pane Lists all classes in the project browser

button database.

Class Opens a window that shows

Declaration declarations for all classes in the
button project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 141

Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser Window

Table 13.1 Class Browser Window—Items (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Open File Opens the current source file in a new

button editor window.

VCS list pop-up With a version control system enabled,

choose the version-control command
to execute on the displayed source file.

Table 13.2 Browser Access Filters

Filter Icon Show items with this access:

Public Private Protected

View as implementor • • •

View as subclass • •

View as user •

Show public •

Show protected •

Show private •

Viewing Class Data from Browser Contents Window

To view class data for a project in the Browser Contents window, follow these steps:
1. Open the Browser Contents window on a Windows host by selecting View >
Browser Contents.
2. Select a class in the Browser Contents window.
3. On a Windows host, open a contextual menu for the class by right-clicking the selected
class.
A contextual menu like the one shown in Figure 13.2 appears.

142 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Class Browser Windows
Class Browser Window

Figure 13.2 Browser Contents Window—Contextual Menu

4. Select Open browser for class classname from the contextual menu.
The classname is the name of the class that you selected.
A Class Browser window appears.

Viewing Class Data from Hierarchy Windows

To view class data from a hierarchy window, follow these steps:
1. Open a Single-Hierarchy or Multi-Class Hierarchy window:

a. Click the Single Class Hierarchy Window button in the browser toolbar,
or

b. Click the Class Hierarchy button in the browser toolbar.

2. In the Single- or Multi-Class Hierarchy window, double-click a class name.
A Class Browser window appears.

Expanding Browser Panes

Click the Pane Expand box (just above the scroll bar in the upper right-hand corner of the
pane) to expand the Classes, Function Members, Data Members, or Source panes in a
Browser window.

1. Click the Pane Expand box to expand a pane.

This pane expands to fill the Browser window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 143

Using Class Browser Windows
Classes Pane

2. Use the enlarged pane to view data.

Alternately, you can use the resize bar between the panes to enlarge each pane.
1. Rest the cursor over the resize bar.
The cursor icon changes to this:
2. Hold down the mouse button.
3. Drag the resize bar to enlarge or shrink the pane.

Collapsing Browser Panes

Click the Pane Collapse box (just above the scroll bar in the upper right-hand corner of
the pane) to collapse the Classes, Function Members, Data Members, or Source panes in a
Browser window.

1. Click the Pane Collapse box to collapse a pane.

The chosen pane collapses to its original size.
2. You can now view other panes in a Browser window.
Alternately, you can use the resize bar between the panes to collapse each pane.
1. Rest the cursor over the resize bar.
The cursor icon changes to this:
2. Hold down the mouse button.
3. Drag the resize bar to collapse the pane.

Classes Pane
Use the Classes pane to perform these tasks:
• Create a new class
• Toggle viewing of classes
• Sort classes
Figure 13.1 on page 140 shows the Classes pane. Table 13.3 explains the items in
the pane.

144 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Class Browser Windows
Classes Pane

Table 13.3 Classes Pane—Items

Item Icon Explanation

New Item Click to create a new class using the New Class Wizard.

Sort Click to sort the Classes list in alphabetical order.

Alphabetical

Sort Click to sort the Classes list in hierarchical order.

Hierarchical

Creating New Class

Use the New Class wizard to specify the name, declaration, and location for a new class.
Click Finish in any screen to apply default values to any remaining parameters and
complete the process. The New Class wizard creates the files that define the class.

1. From the Classes pane, click the New Item button .

2. Enter the Name and Location in the New Class window.
3. To create a more complex class, click Next (optional).
Follow the on-screen directions to further define the class.
4. Click Finish to complete the New Class process.

Showing Classes Pane

Use the Show Classes button to expand the Classes pane.

1. Click the Show Classes button:

2. The Classes pane appears in the Class Browser window.

Hiding Classes Pane

Use the Hide Classes button to collapse the Classes pane.

1. Click the Hide Classes button:

2. The Classes pane disappears from the Class Browser window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 145

Using Class Browser Windows
Member Functions Pane

Sorting Classes List

Use the Sort Alphabetical and Sort Hierarchical commands to specify the sort order of
classes in the Classes pane. The displayed icon always represents the alternate sort order.
For example, when the Classes list appears in alphabetical order, the Sort Hierarchical
icon is visible.

• Click the Sort Alphabetical icon .

The IDE sorts the Classes list in alphabetical order.

• Click the Sort Hierarchical icon .

The IDE sorts the Classes list in hierarchical order.

Member Functions Pane

Use the Member Functions pane to perform these tasks:
• Create a new member function
• Determine the inheritance type of a member function

Table 13.4 Member Function and Data Member Identifier Icons

Meaning Icon Member Identity

static a static member

virtual a virtual function that can be overridden, or an override

of an inherited function

pure virtual a member function that must be overridden in a

or abstract subclass to create instances of that subclass

Creating a New Member Function

Use the New Member Function wizard to specify the name, return type, and parameters
for a new member function. Click Finish in any screen to apply default values to any
remaining parameters and complete the process.

146 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Class Browser Windows
Data Members Pane

1. Click the New Item button in the Member Functions pane.

2. Enter the Member Function Declarations in the New Member Function window.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter Member function file locations and Include Files information.
5. Click Finish.
6. Review the settings summary, then click Generate.
The IDE adds the new member function to the class declaration.

Data Members Pane

Use the Data Members pane to create a new data member. This section explains how to
create the data member.
Click the New Item button in the Data Members pane to open the New Data Member
wizard. See Table 13.4 for a complete list of identifier icons that appear in the Data
Members pane.

Creating a New Data Member

Use the New Data Member wizard to specify the name, type, and initializer for the new
data member. Specify other options to further refine the data member. Click Finish in any
screen to apply default values to any remaining parameters and complete the process.

1. From the Data Members pane, click the New Item button:
2. Enter the Data Member Declarations in the New Data Member window.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter Data Member file locations and #include files information.
5. Click Finish.
6. Review the settings summary, then click Generate.
The IDE adds the new data member to the class declaration.

Source Pane
Use the Source pane to view the source code that corresponds to the selected class,
member function, or data member. This section explains the items in the Source pane.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 147

Using Class Browser Windows
Status Area

Figure 13.1 on page 140 shows the Source pane. Table 13.5 explains the items in the pane.
For information on editing source code, see “Editing Source Code”.

Table 13.5 Source Pane—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Open File Click to open the current source file in a new editor window.

VCS menu Enable a version-control system in order to activate this

menu. Use this menu to select and execute a version-control
command on the source file.

Status Area
Use the status area to perform these tasks:
• Toggle viewing of the Classes pane
• View class declarations
• View classes according to public, private, or protected access
Figure 13.1 on page 140 shows the status area. Table 13.6 on page 148 explains items in
the status area.

Table 13.6 Status Area—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Show Classes Pane Click to display the Classes pane in the Class
Browser window.

Hide Classes Pane Click to hide the Classes pane in the Class
Browser window.

Class Declaration Click to show the declaration of the current class.

Access Filter Display Displays the access state of the current class.

148 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 14
Using Other Browser
Windows
This chapter explains how to work with the Class Hierarchy windows in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Use Class Hierarchy windows to perform these tasks:
• View hierarchical browser data—the class hierarchy window shows a graphical
representation of hierarchical structure. Object-oriented languages, such as C++ and
Java, allow hierarchical relationships between classes.
• Analyze inheritance structure—the class hierarchy window shows the inheritance
structure of classes. This structure reveals the data-handling capabilities of a
particular class.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with Class Hierarchy
windows.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window”
• “Single-Class Hierarchy Window”
• “Browser Contents Window”
• “Symbols Window”

Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window

Use the Multi-Class Hierarchy window to visually examine the structure of every class in
the browser database. Each class name appears in a box, and lines connect boxes to
indicate related classes. The left-most box is the base class, and subclasses appear to the
right.
Figure 14.1 on page 150 shows the Multi-Class Hierarchy window. Table 14.1 on
page 150 explains the items in the window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 149

Using Other Browser Windows
Multiple-Class Hierarchy Window

Figure 14.1 Multi-Class Hierarchy Window

Table 14.1 Multi-class Hierarchy Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Hierarchy Control Click to expand or collapse the subclasses displayed

for a specific class.

Ancestor menu Click and hold on class or subclass box to display a

menu. Select a class from menu to display that class.

Line button Click to toggle the lines that connect classes between
diagonal and straight lines.

Viewing Browser Data by Inheritance

Use a Hierarchy window to view data in graphical form and better understand class
relationships. Use the expand and collapse arrows to enlarge or shrink the class views.
1. Activate the browser.
2. Update the browser database by using the Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug
command.

150 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Other Browser Windows
Single-Class Hierarchy Window

3. Open a graphical Hierarchy window on a Windows host by selecting View > Class
Hierarchy.

Printing Class Hierarchies

To print the contents of a Class Hierarchy window, save an image of the window
contents, then print the image file from a graphics-processing application. The IDE saves
the image in the EMF (Enhanced Metafile) graphics-file format.
1. Open the Class Hierarchy window.
2. Choose File > Save a Copy As.
3. Save the image to a file.
4. Open the image file in an graphics-processing application.
5. Print the image file.
The graphics-processing application prints the image of the class hierarchy.

Changing Line Views in Hierarchical Window

Use the Diagonal Line and Straight Line commands to change the appearance of the
connecting lines between classes and subclasses in a hierarchical window display.

• Click the Diagonal Line icon .

The Hierarchical window display updates to use diagonal lines.

• Click the Straight Line icon .

The Hierarchical window display updates to use straight lines.

Single-Class Hierarchy Window

Use the Single-Class Hierarchy window to examine the structure of a single class in the
browser database. The Single-Class Hierarchy window operates identically to the Multi-
Class Hierarchy window, but restricts the display to a single class.
The Single-Class Hierarchy window contains the same components as the Multi-Class
Hierarchy window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 151

Using Other Browser Windows
Browser Contents Window

Figure 14.2 Single-Class Hierarchy window

Opening a Single-Class Hierarchical Window

Use one of these methods to open a Single-Class Hierarchical window:

• Click the Show Single-Class Hierarchy icon in a Browser toolbar.

• Use the Browser Contextual menu in one of these windows:
– New Class Browser window
– Browser Contents window
– Multi-Class Hierarchical window
A Single-Class Hierarchical window appears

Browser Contents Window

Use the Browser Contents window to view browser data sorted by category into an
alphabetical list. This section explains how to use the Browser Contents window to view
browser data.
Figure 14.3 shows the Browser Contents window. Table 14.2 explains the items in the
window.

152 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Other Browser Windows
Browser Contents Window

Figure 14.3 Browser Contents Window

Table 14.2 Browser Contents Window—Items

Item Icon Explanation

Symbols list box Select the type of symbol to display

in the Symbols list.

Symbols list Double-click a symbol name to

display the source file in a new editor
window that defines the symbol.

Viewing Browser Data by Contents

Use the Browser Contents window to display symbol information stored in the browser
database, listed in alphabetical order. You can choose from these categories:
• classes
• constants
• enumerations
• functions
• global variables
• macros
• function templates

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 153

Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols Window

• type definitions
1. Activate the browser.
2. Use the Bring Up To Date, Make, Run, or Debug command to update the browser
database.
3. Select View > Browser Contents to open the Browser Contents window.
4. Select a category from the Category list pop-up.
The symbol information for the selected category appears in alphabetical order in the
Symbols list.

Symbols Window
The Symbols window displays information from project browser databases. With the
browser enabled, the IDE generates a browser database for a project during the build
process.
The Symbols window displays symbols that have multiple definitions in the browser
database. For example, the window displays information about multiple versions of
overridden functions in object-oriented code.
Figure 14.4 on page 154 shows the Symbols window.

Figure 14.4 Symbols Window

154 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols Window

Table 14.3 Symbols Window—items

Item Explanation

Symbols Toolbar Provides one-click access to common browser commands and

class-filtering commands.

Symbols Pane Displays a list of all symbols with multiple declarations.

Source Pane Displays the source code for the currently selected item.

Opening Symbols Window

Use the Symbols window to list all implementations, whether overridden or not, of any
symbol that has multiple definitions. You can access the Symbols window by using a
contextual menu (in the editor window).
1. Right-click the symbol name to open a contextual menu.
2. Select Find all implementations of from the contextual menu that appears.
3. The Symbols window opens.

Symbols Toolbar
Most of the Symbol toolbar items are identical to those in the Class Browser Window.

Symbols Pane
The Symbols pane lists symbols with multiple definitions in the browser database. Select
a symbol from the list to view its definition in the Source pane.

Source Pane
The Source pane used in the Symbols window is identical to the one used by the Class
Browser Window. See “Source Pane” for more details.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 155

Using Other Browser Windows
Symbols Window

156 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 15
Using Browser Wizards
When you create a new class, member function, or data member in the IDE, you use
browser wizards. These wizards provide the steps to help you complete the process.
This chapter provides information on these wizards:
• “New Class Wizard”
• “New Member Function Wizard”
• “New Data Member Wizard”

NOTE Most wizard pages contain default settings. To accept all current settings in the
wizard, click Finish in any screen. The wizard displays a summary of all
current settings for the new project. Click Generate to accept the current
settings and create the new item, or click Cancel to return to the wizard to
modify settings.

New Class Wizard

Use the New Class wizard to specify the name, declaration, and location for a new class.
Click Finish in any screen to apply default values to remaining parameters to complete the
process. The New Class wizard creates the files that define the class.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 157

Using Browser Wizards
New Class Wizard

Figure 15.1 New Class wizard—Name and Location

Using New Class Wizard

To use the New Class Wizard, follow these steps:
1. Select View > Class Browser to open the Class Browser window.
2. Select Browser > New Class.

NOTE You can also click the New Item icon in the Class Browser window to
create a new class.

3. In the New C++ Class wizard, enter Name and Location information:
a. Class Name—Enter a name for the class in this field.
b. Declaration File—This menu lets you specify whether the file is a New File,
which is a new declaration file, or Relative to class, which is a declaration that
depends on an existing file in the project.
If you choose the New File option, type in the path where you want to save the file.
Alternatively, click Set next to the field to choose the path in which to save the file.
If you choose the Relative to class option, select Before or After to establish the
order of the new class in relation to existing classes. In the field next to the Before

158 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser Wizards
New Class Wizard

and After drop-down selection, type the name of the class you want to relate to the
new class. Alternatively, click Set next to this field, type the name of a class in the
window that opens, and then click Select.

NOTE If you want to use a separate file to define the members of the new class, type
the path to the separate file in the field below the Use separate file for
member definitions checkbox. Alternatively, choose Existing to use a
standard dialog box to select the file. To create a new, separate file, choose
New and save the new file to a location on your hard disk.

4. Click Next.

Figure 15.2 New Class Wizard—Base Class and Methods

5. Enter Base Classes and Methods information.

Enter a list of base classes for the new class:
a. Access—From this drop-down menu, choose an access type, Public, Protected, or
Private, for the constructor and destructor.
b. Constructor parameters—Enter a list of parameters for the constructor.
c. Virtual destructor—Click this checkbox to create a virtual destructor for the new
class.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 159

Using Browser Wizards
New Class Wizard

d. As an option, you can enter the required namespaces for the base classes and the
constructor parameters in the field labeled Namespaces required for the base
classes and constructor parameters.
Or,
If needed, you can specify the base classes and constructor parameters.
6. Click Next.

Figure 15.3 New Class Wizard—Include Files

7. Enter Include Files information.

Specify additional header #include files for the new class:
a. Include files that will automatically be added for base classes—This field
shows you a list of #include files that the IDE automatically adds to find the base
classes.
b. Additional header include files—Enter a list of other include files for the new
class in addition to those in the previous field. Separate each file in the list with a
comma.
8. Click Next.

160 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser Wizards
New Member Function Wizard

Figure 15.4 New Class Wizard—Targets

9. Enter Targets information:

Select the checkbox next to the build target’s name in the list to add the class files to a
specific build target.
10. Click Finish.
Review the settings summary.
11. Click Generate.

New Member Function Wizard

Use the New Member Function wizard to specify the name, return type, and parameters
for a new member function. Enter additional information in the wizard fields to refine the
function definition.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 161

Using Browser Wizards
New Member Function Wizard

Figure 15.5 New Member Function Wizard

Using New Member Function Wizard

To use the New Member Function wizard, follow these steps:
1. Select View > Class Browser to open the Class Browser window.
2. Select Browser > New Member Function.
3. In the New C++ Member Function window, enter the Member Function
Declaration.
a. Name—Type a name for the member function.
b. Return Type—Enter an appropriate function return type.
c. Parameters—Type a list of function parameters.
d. Namespaces required for parameters (optional)—Type a list of namespaces
required for parameters.
4. Click Next.

162 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser Wizards
New Data Member Wizard

Figure 15.6 New Member Function Wizard—File Locations

5. Enter Member Function File Locations and Include Files information.

6. Click Finish.
7. Review settings summary, then click Generate.

New Data Member Wizard

Use the New Data Member wizard to define the new data-member declaration, and to
specify new data member file locations. The wizard offers additional options to further
define the function.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 163

Using Browser Wizards
New Data Member Wizard

Figure 15.7 New Data Member Wizard

Using New Data Member Wizard

To use the New Data Member wizard, follow these steps:
1. Select View > Class Browser to open the Class Browser window.
2. Select Browser > New Data Member.
3. In the New C++ Data Member window, enter the Name, Type, Namespaces
required for type (optional), Initializer, and Modifiers.
a. Name—Type a name for the data member in this field.
b. Type—Enter an appropriate data-member type in this field.
c. Namespaces required for type (optional)—(Optional) Enter a list of namespaces
required for the type in the Type field. A sample namespace
is std.
d. Initializer—(Optional) Enter an initial value for the data member in this field.
Sample initializers are 100 and inConstructorParameterName.
e. Modifiers—Select the access level and type for the new data member.

164 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Using Browser Wizards
New Data Member Wizard

4. Click Next.
5. Specify Data Member File Locations.
This section lets you specify file locations associated with the new member functions,
including these fields: Declaration, Definition, Include file automatically added for
member type, and Additional header include files.
a. Declaration—This field shows you the data member’s declaration file location.
b. Definition—This field is not available in this wizard.
c. Include file automatically added for member type—This field indicates whether
an include file will be automatically added for the data-member type.
d. Additional header include files—Enter in this field a list of other include files for
the new data member, in addition to the file listed in the previous field. Example
files are <string> and YourHeader.h.
6. Click Finish.
7. Review settings summary, then click Generate.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 165

Using Browser Wizards
New Data Member Wizard

166 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 V

Compilers and Linkers

This section includes these chapters:
• Compilers
• Linkers

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 167

168 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 16
Compilers
This chapter explains how to work with compilers in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE
uses compilers to complete these tasks:
• Generate object code—the compiler translates source code into object code. Sample
source code includes C++ files and Java files. Object code represents the same
source instructions in a language that the computer directly understands.
• Flag syntax errors—the compiler highlights source code that generates syntax errors.
Syntax errors result from failing to follow valid structure in a programming
language. In C++, a common syntax error is forgetting to end a statement with a
semicolon.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with compilers.
This chapter includes these sections:
• Choosing Compiler
• Compiling Projects

Choosing Compiler
Choose a compiler to determine how the IDE interprets source code. The IDE uses a plug-
in compiler architecture. This architecture provides these features:
• Modularity—the IDE associates a specific compiler plug-in with a particular
programming language or environment. For example, a compiler plug-in exists for
C++ source code, and another compiler plug-in exists for Java source code.
• Flexibility—as new programming languages develop, the IDE can use new compiler
plug-ins.
The IDE associates common filename extensions with various plug-in compilers. For
example, most Java files have the filename extension .java. The IDE associates these
files with the Java compiler. The File Mappings panel provides control over such
associations.

Compiling Projects
Compile projects to process the source files that comprise a program and generate object
code. The compiler flags syntax errors in the source files.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 169

Compilers
Compiling Projects

Use these tasks to compile projects:

• Compile source files.
• Set the build order or link order.
• Update a project or its files.
• Create an executable file from a project.
• Run an application created from the project.
• Remove object code.
This section explains how to perform each task.

Compiling Source Files

Use the Compile commands to compile source files into binary files. The IDE can
compile a single file, multiple files, or all files in an open project.
1. Enable the Project window that contains the desired files to be compiled.
2. Select one or more files.
3. Choose Project > Compile.
The IDE compiles the selected files.

NOTE The Project menu contains most commands for compiling and linking
projects. However, depending on the project type, some commands might be
disabled or renamed.

Setting Build and Link Order of Files

Use the Link Order view in the Project window to specify the order in which the
compiler and linker process files. Establishing the proper link order prevents link errors
caused by file dependencies. The Link Order view is sometimes called the Segments
view or Overlays view, depending on the target.
1. Click the Link Order tab in a Project window.
2. Click and drag files into the desired link order.
The IDE changes the link order. The build begins at the top of the link order, processes
each file, and concludes at the bottom of the link order.

NOTE The IDE uses the new link order during subsequent Update, Make, Run, and
Debug operations.

170 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Compilers
Compiling Projects

Updating Projects
Use the Bring Up To Date command to compile, but not link, the newly added, modified,
and touched files in a project. Unlike the Make and Run commands, the Bring Up To
Date command does not produce a binary file.
1. Select the project to update.
2. Choose Project > Bring Up To Date.
The IDE compiles all uncompiled project files.

Making Executable Files

Use the Make command to compile the newly-added, modified, and touched files in a
project, then link them into a binary file. Unlike the Run command, the Make command
does not execute the binary file. The Make command is useful for creating dynamic link
libraries (DLLs), shared libraries, code resources, or tools.
1. Select the project to make.
2. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE processes the project and creates a binary file.

Running Application Projects

Use the Run command to perform these tasks:
• Compile and link a project (if necessary).
• Create a standalone application.
• Change project settings (if required).
• Save the application.
• Run the application.
Note, the Run command is not available if the project creates a non-executable file like a
dynamic linked library (DLL), shared library, library, code resource, or tool.
1. Select the project to run.
2. Choose Project > Run.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 171

Compilers
Compiling Projects

Synchronizing File Modification Dates

Use the Synchronize Modification Dates command to update the modification dates of
all files stored in a project. This command is useful for handling files from a third-party
editor that does not share file-status information with the IDE.
1. Select the project window.
2. Choose Project > Synchronize Modification Dates.
The IDE checks the file-modification dates and marks modified files for re-
compilation.

Removing Object Code

Use the Remove Object Code command to remove binary object code stored in the
project file and reduce project size.
1. Open the desired project.
2. Choose Project > Remove Object Code.
3. Set compaction options as desired.
• Select Recurse subprojects to remove object code from all subprojects in the
project file.
• Select Compact targets to remove these items:
Target data files with the .tdt extension.
Browser data.
Dependency information.
Additional data cached by the IDE.
4. Select the method by which the IDE removes the object code.
• Click All Targets to remove object code from all build targets.
• Click Current Target to remove object code only from the active build target.
The IDE removes the specified object code from the project.

172 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 17
Linkers
This chapter explains how to work with linkers in the CodeWarrior™ IDE. The IDE uses
linkers to complete these tasks:
• Combine code—the linker combines source-file object code with object code from
library files and other related files. The combined code represents a complete
computer program.
• Create a binary file—the linker processes the complete program and generates a
binary file. Sample binary files include applications and shared libraries.
Read this chapter to learn more about typical tasks for working with linkers.
This chapter includes these sections:
• Choosing Linkers
• Linking Projects

Choosing Linkers
Choose a linker to determine the binary file type produced by the IDE. This list describes
common binary files:
• Applications—applications, or executable files, represent a wide body of computer
programs. Common applications include word processors, web browsers, and
multimedia players.
• Libraries—libraries contain code for use in developing new computer programs.
Libraries simplify programming tasks and enhance re-usability.
• Specialized files—files designed for highly efficient operation in a specific context.
Such files usually support a particular combination of hardware and software to
perform tasks.
The IDE provides various linkers for software development. The Target Settings panel
contains an option for selecting a linker. The IDE maps to each linker a group of
recognized filename extensions. These mappings determine how the IDE interprets each
file.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 173

Linkers
Linking Projects

Linking Projects
Link projects to process object code and generate a binary file. Refer to the CodeWarrior
Targeting documentation for more information about linkers for specific computer
systems. This section explains general-purpose linker tasks.

Generating Project Link Maps

Use the Generate Link Map command to create a link-map file that contains function and
cross-section information about the generated object code. The link map reveals the files,
libraries, and functions ignored by the IDE while producing the binary output.
The IDE stores the link-map file in the project folder. The file uses the same name as the
build target, with a .MAP or .xMAP extension.
1. Select the project window.
2. Choose Edit > targetname Settings...
3. Select the linker panel in the Target Settings Panels list.
4. Select the Generate Link Map option.
5. Click Save.
6. Choose Project > Make.
The IDE generates the link-map file.

174 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 VI

Preferences and Target

Settings
This section includes these chapters:
• Customizing the IDE
• Working with IDE Preferences
• Working with Target Settings
• Preference and Target Settings Options

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 175

176 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 18
Customizing the IDE
The CodeWarrior™ IDE enables you to customize menus, toolbars, and key bindings to
suit your programming preferences. Use the Customize IDE Commands window—
which consists of the Commands, Toolbar Items, and Key Bindings tabs—to build your
customizations.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “Customizing IDE Commands”
• “Customize Toolbars”
• “Customize Key Bindings”

Customizing IDE Commands

You can customize the menu commands in the IDE’s menu bar, as well as control the
appearance of specific menu commands, create new command groups to distinguish menu
commands, and associate a command line with a new menu command. The customized
menu commands you create have access to IDE information, such as the current editor
selection, the frontmost window, and the current project and its output file.
Select Edit > Commands & Key Bindings to access the Customize IDE Commands
window. Figure 18.1 on page 178 shows the Customize IDE Commands window. Table
18.1 on page 178 explains each button in the window. See the tasks in this chapter for
more detailed information.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 177

Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

Figure 18.1 Customize IDE Commands Window

Table 18.1 Customize IDE Commands Window—Button Overview

Button name Explanation

New Group Click to add a new command group to the Commands list.

New Command Click to add a new command setting within a group.

Factory Settings Click to restore default options for the current Customize IDE
Commands (Commands and Toolbar Items) lists.

Revert Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current
Customize IDE Commands (Commands and Toolbar Items) lists.

Export Click to save a file that contains commands and key bindings to
use later in the Customize IDE Commands lists.

Import Click to open a file that contains commands and key bindings to
use in the current Customize IDE Commands lists.

Save Click to save customizations to the Customize IDE Commands list.

178 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

Commands Tab
Click the Commands tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to display
the commands view. Use this view to modify existing menu commands, and to create and
remove command groups and menu commands.

Modifying Existing Commands

You can use the Commands tab of the Customize IDE Commands window to examine
and modify existing command groups and menu commands. This view includes a
Commands list. This hierarchical list organizes individual menu commands into command
groups. Click the hierarchical control next to a command group to expand that group and
view its contents.
To examine a particular item, select it in the Commands list. Information for the selected
item appears on the right-hand side of the Customize IDE Commands window. This
window provides this information for each selected item:
• Name—This field shows the name of the selected item. If the IDE does not permit
you to change the name of the selected items, this field is grayed out.
• Appears in Menus—Enable this checkbox to display the selected item in the
specified position in the CodeWarrior menu bar. For example, enabling this
checkbox for a menu command allows that menu command to appear under the
related command group in the menu bar. Disabling the checkbox prevents the menu
command from appearing in the menu bar under the command group.
• Action—This section shows information about the action the selected item performs.
For default menu commands, this section shows the command type, such as
Command or Hierarchical Menu. For customized menu commands that you create,
this section lets you specify a command line that runs after you choose the
customized menu command.
• Key Bindings—This area consists of the Key Bindings list, the New Binding button,
and the Auto Repeat checkbox.

Creating New Command Group

To create a new command group for menu commands, follow these steps:
1. Click the New Group button.
The IDE creates a new command group called New Group, adds it to the Commands
list, and displays its information in the Customize IDE Commands window.
2. Rename the new command group in the Name field.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 179

Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

3. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the availability of the new command
group in the IDE menu bar.
Select the Appears in Menus checkbox to display the new command group in the menu
bar. Clear the checkbox if you do not want the command group to appear in the menu
bar.
4. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new command group. If you selected the Appears in Menus
checkbox, your new command group appears in the menu bar.

Creating New Menu Command

To create a new menu command, follow these steps:
1. Select the command group you want to contain the new menu command.
You must select an existing command group in the Commands list.
2. Click the New Command button.
The IDE creates a new menu command named New Command and places it within
the selected command group. The information for the new menu command appears in
the Customize IDE Commands window.
3. Enter a name for the new menu command.
You can change the default name of New Command. Enter a new name in the Name
field of the Customize IDE Commands window.
4. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the availability of the new command
within its command group.
5. Define the desired Action for the new menu command.
6. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new menu command. If you enabled the Appears in Menus
checkbox, the new menu command appears within the selected command group.

180 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

Figure 18.2 Command Action Fields

Defining Command Actions

These fields help you associate an action with the new menu command:
• Execute—Enter in this field a command to run an application. Alternatively, click
the ellipsis button next to the field to select the application using a standard dialog
box.
• Arguments—Enter the arguments that the IDE must pass to the application specified
in the Execute field. Alternatively, choose the desired arguments from the pop-up
menu next to the field.
• Directory—Enter the working directory the IDE should use when it executes the
application specified in the Execute field. Alternatively, choose the desired directory
from the pop-up menu next to the field.

Pre-defined Variables in Command

Definitions
The IDE provides pre-defined variables to associate actions with commands. When you
create a new command, you can use these pre-defined variables in command definitions to

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 181

Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

provide additional arguments that the IDE passes to the application (which is specified in
the Execute field).

NOTE You can use variables that end with Dir as both argument and directory
names.

Figure 18.3 Pre-defined Arguments

182 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

Figure 18.4 Pre-defined Directory Variables

Table 18.2 explains the pre-defined variables for command-line arguments.

Table 18.2 Pre-defined Variables in Command Definitions

Variable Command-line output

%sourceFilePath sourceFilePath is the frontmost editor window's full path.

%sourceFileDir sourceFileDir is the frontmost editor window's directory.

%sourceFileName sourceFileName is the frontmost editor window's filename.

%sourceLineNumber sourceLineNumber is the line number of the insertion point in

the front window.

%sourceSelection sourceSelection is the path to a temporary file containing the

currently selected text.

%sourceSelUpdate sourceSelUpdate is like sourceSelection, except the IDE

waits for the command to finish and updates the selected text
with the contents of the file.

%projectFilePath projectFilePath is the full path of the front project window.

%projectFileDir projectFileDir is the directory of the front project window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 183

Customizing the IDE
Customizing IDE Commands

Table 18.2 Pre-defined Variables in Command Definitions (continued)

Variable Command-line output

%projectFileName projectFileName is the filename of the front project window.

%projectSelectedFiles projectSelectedFiles passes the selected filenames in the

project window.

%targetFilePath targetFilePath is the full path of the output file of the front
project.

%targetFileDir targetFileDir is the directory of the output file of the front

project.

%targetFileName targetFileName is the filename of the output file of the front

project.

%currentTargetName currentTargetName passes the name of the current target of

the frontmost window.

%symFilePath symFilePath is the full path to the symbolics file of the front
project (can be the same as targetFile, such as CodeView).

%symFileDir symFileDir is the full directory to the symbolics file of the front
project (can be the same as targetFile, such as CodeView)

%symFileName symFileName is the full filename to the symbolics file of the

front project (can be the same as targetFile, such as
CodeView)

Using Pre-defined Variable

To use a pre-defined variable, follow these steps:
1. Create a new menu command.
The IDE creates a new menu command named New Command and places it within
your selected command group. The information for the new menu command appears
in the Customize IDE Commands window.
2. Enter a name for the new menu command.
3. Use the Appears in Menus checkbox to toggle the availability of the new command
within its command group.
4. Define the Action for the new menu command.

184 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars

a. Enter in the Execute field a command line to run an application.

b. Next to the Arguments field, click on the arrow icon and select an argument listed
in the pop-up menu.
c. Next to the Directory field, click on the arrow icon and select a directory listed in
the pop-up menu.
5. Click Save.
The IDE saves your new menu command with the pre-defined variables. If you enabled
the Appears in Menus checkbox, the new menu command appears within the selected
command group.

Deleting Command Groups and Menu Commands

You can delete the command groups and menu commands that you create for the IDE.
Once removed, the command groups no longer appear in the IDE’s menu bar, and the
menu commands no longer activate their associated command lines or applications.

NOTE If you need to temporarily remove your customized command groups and
menu commands, consider exporting your settings. If you export your settings,
you do not need to reconstruct them if you want them in the future.

To delete a command group or menu command, follow these steps:

1. Select the command group or menu command you wish to delete.
If necessary, click the hierarchical control next to a group to expand and view its
contents.
2. Click Delete.
After clicking the Delete button, the selected command group or menu command
disappears from the Commands list.
3. Click Save.
Clicking the Save button confirms the deletion. The IDE removes deleted command
groups from its menu bar. Deleted menu commands disappear from their respective
command groups.

Customize Toolbars
You can customize your IDE toolbars to contain frequently used commands. The IDE
toolbars contain a series of elements. Each element typically represents a menu command.
After you click the element, the IDE executes the associated menu command. The toolbar
can also contain elements that execute actions other than menu commands.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 185

Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars

Figure 18.5 Toolbar Items Tab

This section explains these topics:

• “Kinds of Toolbars”
• “Toolbar Elements”
• “Modify a Toolbar”

Kinds of Toolbars
The CodeWarrior IDE uses two toolbar types:
• Main toolbar—This toolbar, also known as the floating toolbar, is always available.
• Window toolbars—These toolbars appear in particular windows, such as the Project
window toolbar and the Browser window toolbar.
This distinction is important because you show, hide, clear, and reset the different toolbar
types by using different sets of menu commands. These commands distinguish between
the floating toolbar and the other window toolbars.
When you change one of these toolbar types, that change applies to every instance of that
toolbar type you subsequently create. For example, if you modify the toolbar in an editor
window, your changes appear in all editor windows opened thereafter.

186 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars

Figure 18.6 Main Toolbar

Figure 18.7 Project Window Toolbar

Toolbar Elements
A toolbar can contain these elements:
• Commands—buttons that you click to execute IDE menu commands
• Controls—menus, such as Document Settings, Functions, Header Files, Markers,
Version Control, and Current Target
• Miscellaneous—other elements, such as the File Dirty Indicator and File Path field
Click the Toolbar Items tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to
display the Toolbar view. Use this view to add new elements to a toolbar.

Modify a Toolbar
You can modify a toolbar in these ways:
• Add a toolbar element
• Remove a toolbar element
• Clear all elements on a toolbar
• Reset a toolbar
In certain circumstances there are restrictions on which elements you can add or remove
from a toolbar. For example, you cannot add a second instance of an element to the
toolbar.
After you modify a toolbar, the changes apply to every instance of that toolbar. For
example, if you customize the Project window toolbar, those changes will affect every
Project window that you open, not just the toolbar in the active Project window. Your
changes do not affect windows that are already open.

TIP To display a ToolTip that names a toolbar element, rest the cursor over the
element.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 187

Customizing the IDE
Customize Toolbars

Adding Toolbar Element

You add an element to a toolbar by dragging and dropping it from the Toolbar Items list
onto a toolbar. This list is in the Toolbar Items view in the Customize IDE Commands
window.
To add an element to a toolbar, follow these steps:
1. From the Toolbar Items list, select the icon next to the element that you want to add to
a toolbar.
Make sure that the destination toolbar is visible.
2. Drag the element’s icon from the Toolbar Items list to the destination toolbar.
If the destination toolbar accepts the element, a framing bracket appears in the toolbar.
This framing bracket shows you where the new element will appear after you release
the cursor. If the destination toolbar does not accept the element, the framing bracket
does not appear.
3. Release the element at the desired position.
After you release the element, the IDE inserts the element into the destination toolbar.
The toolbar might not accept an element for these reasons:
• The toolbar is full.
• The element already exists in the toolbar.
• The window does not support that element.
• The following elements can only be added to the editor window toolbar: Document
Settings, Functions, Header Files, Markers, Version Control menus, File Dirty
Indicator, and File Path field.
• The Current Target menu element can only be added to the Project window toolbar.

Removing Toolbar Element

To remove an element from a toolbar, follow these steps:
1. Right-click a toolbar button to display a contextual menu for the button that you want
to remove.
2. Select the Remove Toolbar Item command from the contextual menu.
The IDE removes the button from the toolbar.

188 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

Clearing All Buttons on Toolbars

You can clear all elements from a toolbar and build your own toolbar from scratch. On a
Windows host, clear the main (floating) toolbar by selecting View > Toolbars > Clear
Main Toolbar. Clear the window toolbar by selecting View > Toolbars > Clear Window
Toolbar.

Reset Toolbars
Reset a toolbar to restore its default button set. On a Windows host, reset the main
(floating) toolbar by selecting View > Toolbars > Reset Main Toolbar. Reset the
window toolbar by selecting View > Toolbars > Reset Window Toolbar.
Alternatively, you can use a contextual menu to reset the main toolbar or a window
toolbar. Once you reset the toolbar, the IDE restores the default toolbar button set. On a
Windows host, reset the main (floating) toolbar by right-clicking the toolbar and selecting
Reset Toolbar. Reset the window toolbar by right-clicking the toolbar and selecting
Reset Toolbar.

Customize Key Bindings

You can customize the keyboard shortcuts, known as key bindings, for various commands
in the CodeWarrior IDE. You can bind a set of keystrokes to virtually any command. To
activate the command, type its associated key binding. Use the Customize IDE Commands
window to change IDE key bindings.
You can also use the Customize IDE Commands window to look up default key bindings
for specific commands, as well as change existing key bindings to better suit your needs.
Click the Commands tab at the top of the Customize IDE Commands window to display
the Commands view. Use this view to configure key bindings for menu commands, editor
actions, and other actions. You can also specify prefix keys.
This section has these topics:
• Modifying key bindings
• Adding key bindings
• Deleting key bindings
• Setting Auto Repeat for key bindings
• Exporting commands and key bindings
• Importing commands and key bindings

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 189

Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

• Quote key prefix

Figure 18.8 Customize IDE Commands—Key Bindings

Adding Key Bindings

Use the Customize IDE Commands window to specify additional key bindings for a
particular command.
To add a key binding, follow these steps:
1. From the Commands list, select the command to which you want to add a new key
binding.
Click the hierarchical controls next to the command categories to expand them as
necessary so that you can see individual commands. Select the individual command
you wish to modify.

NOTE If you want to use your keyboard’s numeric keypad as part of the new key
binding, enable the Numeric Keypad Bindings checkbox in the Customize
IDE Commands window.

2. Click New Binding.

After clicking this button, the Edit Key Binding dialog box appears.

190 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

Figure 18.9 Edit Key Bindings

3. Create the key combination you would like to use for the selected command.
For example, to add the key combination Ctrl-8, hold down the Ctrl key and press the
8 key, then release both keys at the same time.
If you decide against the key combination that you just entered, or if you make a
mistake, click Cancel in the Edit Key Binding dialog box. The IDE discards changes
and returns you to the Customize IDE Commands window.
4. Click OK in the Edit Key Binding dialog box.
The new key binding appears in the Key Bindings list in the Customize IDE
Commands window.
5. Click Save in the Customize IDE Commands window to save your changes.
The new key binding is now available for use in the IDE.

Exporting Commands and Key Bindings

You can export to a file the custom commands and key bindings that you use with the
IDE. You can then import the file into another IDE running on a different computer in
order to transfer all of your custom commands and key bindings. This process simplifies
your setup on the other computer because you do not have to recreate your custom
commands and key bindings manually.

NOTE After you import your custom commands and key bindings into another
computer, the IDE running on that computer first sets all its commands and key
bindings to their default values, then imports your custom commands and key
bindings.

To export your custom commands and key bindings, follow these steps:
1. Click Export in the Customize IDE Commands window.
After you click this button, a standard Save dialog box appears.
2. Select a location in which to save the Commands&KeyBindings.mkb file.
This file contains information about your custom commands and key bindings.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 191

Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

3. Click Save.
The IDE saves the Commands&KeyBindings.mkb file at the selected location.

TIP You can rename the Commands&KeyBindings.mkb file, but remember to

preserve the .mkb extension. This extension identifies the file as a Freescale
Key Bindings file. Furthermore, the Windows-hosted version of the
CodeWarrior IDE uses this extension to properly recognize the commands and key
bindings file.

Importing Commands and Key Bindings

You can import custom commands and key bindings from a previously exported file.
Commands&KeyBindings.mkb is the default name of an exported file for custom
commands and key bindings.

NOTE After you import your custom commands and key bindings into another
computer, the IDE running on that computer first sets all its commands and key
bindings to their default values, then imports your custom commands and key
bindings.

To import commands and key bindings, follow these steps:

1. Click Import in the Customize IDE Commands window.
After you click this button, a standard Open dialog box appears.
2. Use the dialog box to find and open the Commands&KeyBindings.mkb file that
you want to import.
The IDE adds the custom commands and key bindings to the Customize IDE
Commands window.

Quote Key Prefix

The Quote Key is a special prefix key that lets you use any character (such as a-z) as a
command key without a modifier key, and still retain the ability to use that character
normally, as in editor windows.
In typical use, a key equivalent involves two keys: a modifier key (such as the Ctrl key)
combined with a printing key. However, the IDE does not require a modifier key.
For example, you can assign the 2 key (with no modifier) to a command. If you make this
assignment, you can no longer type a 2 into your source code in the editor. This conflict

192 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

occurs because the IDE now interprets the 2 as a command key instead of a printing key.
The Quote Key prefix provides the solution to such conflicts.
You can configure the IDE to recognize any key as the Quote Key prefix. Despite its
name, the Quote Key prefix does not have to be the key that creates the quote character
(").
After typing an assigned Quote Key prefix, the IDE interprets the next keypress as a
keystroke, not as a command.
Returning to the earlier example, assume that you assign the 2 key to a command and the
tilde key (~) to be your Quote Key prefix. To execute the command, you would type the 2
key. To enter the character 2 into source code, you would type the tilde key first, then the
2 key. To enter the tilde character into source code, you would press the tilde key twice.

WARNING! The Quote Key only affects the next key or key combination that you
type. You must use the Quote Key once for each bound key or key
combination for which you want to type.

Assigning the Quote Key Prefix

To assign the Quote Key prefix:
1. Click the expand control next to the Miscellaneous command group.
Miscellaneous is part of the Commands list in the Customize IDE Commands
window.
2. Select the Quote Key item.

NOTE If you want to use the numeric keypad as part of the new key binding, enable
the Numeric Keypad Bindings checkbox in the Customize IDE Commands
window.

3. Click New Binding to display the Edit Key Bindings dialog box.
4. Type the desired Quote Key prefix.
The keys you type appear in the dialog box. If you make a mistake or decide against
the keys you typed, click Cancel to return to the Customize IDE Commands window.
5. Click OK in the Edit Key Binding dialog box.
The new Quote Key prefix appears in the Key Bindings list.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 193

Customizing the IDE
Customize Key Bindings

194 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 19
Working with IDE
Preferences
This chapter explains core CodeWarrior™ IDE preference panels and provides basic
information on global- and project-level preference options. Consult the Targeting
documentation for information on platform-specific preference panels.
This chapter includes these sections:
• “IDE Preferences Window”
• “General Panels”
• “Editor Panels”
Abbreviated descriptions appear in this chapter. See “Preference and Target Settings
Options” for more information on preference-panel options.

IDE Preferences Window

The IDE Preferences window lists global IDE options. These preferences, unless
superseded by a Target Settings option, apply to every open project file. Select Edit >
Preferences to open the IDE Preferences window.
The IDE Preferences window lists preferences by group:
• General—configures overall IDE preferences, such as project builds, recent items,
and third-party tools
• Editor—configures editor preferences, such as fonts, tabs, and syntax coloring
• Debugger—configures debugger preferences, such as window hiding during
debugging sessions, low-level interactions, and variable highlighting

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 195

Working with IDE Preferences
IDE Preferences Window

Figure 19.1 IDE Preferences Window

Table 19.1 IDE Preferences Window

Item Explanation

IDE Preference Lists preference panels, organized by group. Click the hierarchical
Panels list control next to a group name to show or hide individual preference
panels.

Preference panel Shows options for the selected item in the IDE Preference Panels
list.

Factory Settings Click to restore the default options for the current preference panel.

Revert Panel Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current
preference panel.

Export Panel Click to save an XML file that contains options for the current
preference panel.

Import Panel Click to open an XML file that contains options for the current
preference panel.

OK Click to save modifications to all preference panels and close the

window.

196 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Table 19.1 IDE Preferences Window (continued)

Item Explanation

Cancel Click to discard modifications to all preference panels and close the
window.

Apply Click to confirm modifications to all preference panels.

General Panels
The General section of the IDE Panels defines basic options assigned to a new project.
The General preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Build Settings”
• “Concurrent Compiles”
• “IDE Extras”
• “Plugin Settings”
• “Shielded Folders”
• “Source Trees”

Build Settings
The Build Settings preference panel provides options for customizing various aspects of
project builds, including:
• file actions during project builds
• memory usage to accelerate builds
• local data storage of projects stored on read-only volumes

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 197

Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Figure 19.2 Build Settings Panel

Table 19.2 Build Settings Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Build before running Choose to always build the project before running it,
never build the project before running it, or ask for the
desired action.

Save open files before build Select to automatically save the contents of all editor
windows before starting a build.

Show message after Select to have the IDE display a message after
building up-to-date project successfully building a project.

Compiler thread stack Enter the kilobytes of memory to allocate to the stack for
execution of the IDE compiler thread. Increase the size
when compiling heavily optimized code.

Use Local Project Data Select to specify a location to save project data if the
Storage project is on a read-only volume. Click Choose to select
the location.

Concurrent Compiles
The Concurrent Compiles preference panel controls execution of simultaneous IDE
compilation processes. The IDE lists this panel in the IDE Preference Panels list when the
active compiler supports concurrency.
The IDE uses concurrent compiles to compile code more efficiently. The IDE improves its
use of available processor capacity by spawning multiple compile processes, which allow
the operating system to perform these tasks as needed:
• optimize resource use
• use overlapped input/output

198 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

For those compilers that support concurrency, concurrent compiles improve compile time
on both single- and multiple-processor systems.

Figure 19.3 Concurrent Compiles Preference Panel

Table 19.3 Concurrent Compiles Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Use Concurrent Compiles Select to have the IDE run multiple compilation
processes simultaneously.

Recommended Select to allow the number of concurrent compiles

suggested by the IDE.

User Specified Select to stipulate the number of concurrent compiles.

IDE Extras
The IDE Extras preference panel provides options for customizing various aspects of the
IDE, including:
• menu-bar layout
• the number of recent projects, document files, and symbolics files to remember
• use of a third-party editor

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 199

Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Figure 19.4 IDE Extras Preference Panel

Table 19.4 IDE Extras Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Menu bar layout Choose a layout that organizes IDE menus into a
typical host-platform menu bar. Restart the IDE in
order for menu-bar layout changes to take effect.

Projects Enter the number of recently opened projects for the

IDE to display in the Open Recent submenu. Enter
zero to disable this feature.

Documents Enter the number of recently opened documents for

the IDE to display in the Open Recent submenu.
Enter zero to disable this feature.

Symbolics Enter the number of recently opened symbolics files

for the IDE to display in the Open Recent submenu.
Enter zero to disable this feature.

Workspaces Enter the number of recently opened workspaces for

the IDE to display in the Open Recent submenu.
Enter zero to disable this feature.

Use Third Party Editor Select to use a third-party text editor to edit source
files.

200 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Table 19.4 IDE Extras Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Launch Editor Enter a command-line expression that runs the

desired third-party text editor.

Launch Editor w/ Line # Enter a command-line expression that runs the

desired third-party text editor and passes to that editor
an initial line of text to display.

Use Multiple Document Select to have the IDE use the Multiple Document
Interface Interface (MDI). Clear to have the IDE use the Floating
Document Interface (FDI). Restart the IDE in order for
interface changes to take effect.

Use default workspace Select this option to have the IDE use the default
workspace to save and restore state information.
Clear this option to have the IDE always start in the
same state.

Show Code and Data Sizes Displays or hides Code and Data columns in project
manager.

Plugin Settings
The Plugin Settings preference panel contains options for troubleshooting third-party IDE
plug-ins.

Figure 19.5 Plugin Settings Preference Panel

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 201

Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Table 19.5 Plugin Settings Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Level Choose the plug-in diagnostics level the IDE

generates the next time it loads plug-ins. Restart the
IDE in order for diagnostic-level changes to take
effect. Options are None, Errors Only, and All Info.

Disable third party COM plugins Select to prevent the IDE from loading third-party
Common Object Model (COM) plug-ins.

Shielded Folders
The Shielded Folder preference panel enables the IDE to ignore specified folders during
project operations and find-and-compare operations. The IDE ignores folders based on
matching names with regular expressions defined in the preference panel.

NOTE If the Access Paths settings panel in the Target Settings window contains a
path to a shielded folder, the IDE overrides the shielding and includes the
folder in project operations and find-and-compare operations.

Figure 19.6 Shielded Folders Preference Panel

202 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Table 19.6 Shielded Folders Preference Panel

Item Icon Explanation

Shielded folder list Lists folders that match the specified regular
expression. The IDE skips these folders during
project operations, find-and-compare
operations, or both.

Regular Expression Enter the regular expression used to shield

folders from selected operations.

Project operations Select to have the IDE skip folders during

project operations. A bullet appears in the
corresponding column of the shielded folder list.

Find and compare Select to have the IDE skip folders during find-
operations and-compare operations. A bullet appears in the
corresponding column of the shielded folder list.

Add Click to add the current Regular Expression

field entry to the shielded folder list.

Change Click to replace the selected regular expression

in the shielded folder list with the current
Regular Expression field entry.

Remove Click to delete the selected regular expression

from the shielded folder list.

Table 19.7 Default Regular Expressions in Shielded Folders Preference Panel

Regular Expression Explanation

\(.*\) Matches folders with names that begin and end

with parentheses, such as the
(Project Stationery) folder.

CVS Matches folders named CVS. With this regular

expression, the IDE skips Concurrent Versions
System (CVS) data files.

.*[_]Data Matches the names of folders generated by the

IDE that store target data information, such as a
folder named MyProject_Data.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 203

Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Source Trees
Use the Source Trees panel to add, modify, and remove source trees (root paths) used in
projects. Use source trees to define common access paths and build-target outputs to
promote sharing of projects across different hosts. Source trees have these scopes:
• Global source trees, defined in the IDE Preferences window, apply to all projects.
• Project source trees, defined in the Target Settings window for a particular project,
apply only to files in that project. Project source trees always take precedence over
global source trees.
Except for the difference in scope, global and project source trees operate identically.

Figure 19.7 Source Trees Panel

Table 19.8 Source Trees Panel

Item Explanation

Source Tree list Contains the Name and Path of currently defined source trees.

Name Enter a name for a new source tree or modify the name of a
selected source tree.

Type Choose the source-tree path type.

Choose Click to select or modify a source-tree path.

204 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
General Panels

Table 19.8 Source Trees Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Add Click to add a new source-tree path to the Source Tree list.

Change Click to modify the selected source-tree name or path.

Remove Click to delete the selected source tree from the Source Tree list.

Adding Source Trees

Add source trees that define root paths for access paths and build-target output.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
The IDE Preferences window appears.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Enter in the Name field a name for the new source tree.
4. Choose the source tree Type:
• Absolute Path—defines a path from the root level of the hard drive to a desired
folder, including all intermediate folders
• Environment Variable— defines an environment variable in the operating
environment
• Registry Key— defines a key entry in the operating-environment registry
5. Enter the source-tree definition:
• For Absolute Path—Click Choose to display a subordinate dialog box. Use the
dialog box to select the desired folder. The absolute path to the selected folder
appears in the Source Trees preference panel.
• For Environment Variable—Enter the path to the desired environment variable.
• For Registry Key—Enter the path to the desired key entry in the registry.
6. Click Add.
The IDE adds the new source tree to the Source Trees list.
7. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 205

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Changing Source Trees

Change a source tree to update path information for a project. The IDE must be able to
resolve source trees before building the project.
1. Choose Edit > s.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the desired source tree in the Source Trees list.
4. If needed, enter a new name for the selected source tree.
5. If needed, choose a new path type for the selected source tree.
6. Click Change.
The IDE updates the source tree and displays changes in the Source Trees list. A
reminder message to update source-tree references in the project appears.
7. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.

Removing Source Trees

Remove source trees that the project no longer uses. The IDE must be able to find the
remaining source trees before building the project.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Source Trees panel from the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the source tree from the Source Trees list.
4. Click Remove.
The IDE updates the Source Trees list. A reminder message to update source-tree
references in the project appears.
5. Click OK, Apply, or Save.
The IDE saves the source-tree changes.

Editor Panels
The Editor section of the IDE Preference Panels list defines the editor settings assigned to
a new project.
The Editor preference panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• “Code Completion”

206 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

• “Code Formatting”
• “Editor Settings”
• “Font & Tabs”
• “Text Colors”

Code Completion
The Code Completion preference panel provides options for customizing the IDE code-
completion behavior, including:
• automatic invocation and indexing
• window positioning and appearance delay
• case sensitivity

Figure 19.8 Code Completion Preference Panel

Table 19.9 Code Completion Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Automatic Invocation Select to automatically open the Code Completion

window to complete programming-language symbols.
Clear to manually open the window.

Window follows insertion point Select to have the Code Completion window follow the
insertion point as you edit text. Clear to leave the
window in place.

Display deprecated items Select to have the Code Completion window display
obsolete items in gray text. Clear to have the window
hide obsolete items.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 207

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.9 Code Completion Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Case sensitive Select to have the IDE consider case when

completing code. Clear to have the IDE ignore case.

Code Completion Delay (ticks) Enter the number of ticks to wait before opening the
Code Completion window. A tick is 1/60 of a second.

Code Formatting
The Code Formatting preference panel provides options for customizing editor code-
formatting behavior, including:
• indenting
• syntax placement
• brace handling

Figure 19.9 Code Formatting Preference Panel

208 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.10 Code Formatting Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Use Automatic Code Check to have the editor automatically format your source code
Formatting according to settings in this panel.
Clear to prevent the editor from automatically formatting your
code.

Language Settings Use to specify the language type that you want to format. Your
selection changes the other options in this panel to their default
states for the selected language.

Format braces Check to have the editor automatically insert a closing brace
when you type an opening brace. The editor places the cursor
between the opening brace that you typed and the closing
brace that it inserts.
Clear to prevent the editor from automatically inserting a
closing brace when you type an opening brace.

Place opening brace Check to have the editor place on the next line an opening
on separate line brace that you type.
Clear to prevent the editor from placing on the next line an
opening brace that you type.

Indent braces Check to have the editor indent braces by one tab stop from
the previous line.
Clear to prevent the editor from indenting braces by one tab
stop from the previous line.

Place “else” on same Check to have the editor place else and else if text on the
line as closing brace same line as the closing brace of the if or else if statement.
Clear to prevent the editor from placing else and else if
text on the same line as the closing brace of the if or else
if statement.

Indent code within Check to have the editor indent code by one tab stop from the
braces braces.
Clear to prevent the editor from indenting code by one tab stop
from the braces.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 209

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.10 Code Formatting Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Indent “case” within Check to have the editor indent case statements by one tab
“switch” statement stop inside a switch statement.

Clear to prevent the editor from indenting case statements by

one tab stop inside a switch statement.

Close braces, Check to have the editor automatically insert the corresponding
brackets, and closing character when you type an opening brace, bracket, or
parentheses parenthesis. The editor places the cursor between the opening
character and the closing character.
Clear to prevent the editor from automatically inserting the
corresponding closing character when you type an opening
brace, bracket, or parenthesis.

Editor Settings
The Editor Settings preference panel provides options for customizing the editor,
including:
• fonts, window locations, and insertion-point positions
• contextual menus
• additional editor-window features

Figure 19.10 Editor Settings Preference Panel

210 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.11 Editor Settings Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Font Preferences Select to retain font settings for each source file. Clear to apply
default font settings each time the IDE displays the source file.

Selection position Select to retain the text-insertion position in each source file.

Window position Select to retain the location and dimensions of each editor
and size window.

Edit Commands Select to add Edit menu commands to contextual menus.

Browser Select to add Browser menu commands to contextual menus.

Commands Also select in order to use the Insert Template Commands
option.

Project Select to add Project menu commands to contextual menus.

Commands

VCS Commands Select to add VCS (Version Control System) menu commands to
contextual menus.

Balance while Select to flash the matching (, [, or { after typing ), ], or } in an

typing editor window.

Use multiple undo Select to allow multiple undo and redo operations while editing
text.

Relaxed C popup Select to allow the C parser to recognize some non-standard

parsing function formats and avoid skipping or misinterpreting some
definition styles.

Drag and drop Select to allow drag-and-drop text editing.

editing

Left margin click Select to allow selection of an entire line of text by clicking in the
selects line left margin of the editor window.

Sort function Select to sort function names by alphabetical order in menus.

popup Clear to sort function names by order of appearance in the source
file.

Enable Virtual Select to allow moving the text-insertion point beyond the end of a
Space source-code line. Entering new text automatically inserts spaces
between the former end of the line and the newly entered text.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 211

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.11 Editor Settings Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Balance Flash Enter the number of ticks to flash a balancing punctuation

Delay character. A tick is1/60 of a second.

Default file format Choose the default end-of-line format used to save files.

Font & Tabs

The Font & Tabs preference panel provides options for customizing settings used by the
editor, including:
• font and font size used in editor windows
• auto indentation and tab size
• tabs on selections and replacing tabs with spaces

Figure 19.11 Font & Tabs Preference Panel

Table 19.12 Font & Tabs Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Font Choose the typeface displayed in editor windows.

Size Choose the font size displayed in editor windows.

212 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.12 Font & Tabs Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Script Choose the IDE script system. The script system maps
keyboard keys to characters of an alphabet.

Tab indents selection Select to indent each line of selected text after pressing Tab.
Clear to replace selected text with a tab character after
pressing Tab.

Tab Size Enter the number of spaces to substitute in place of a tab

character. This number applies to the Tab Inserts Spaces
option.

Auto Indent Select to automatically apply the indentation level from the
previous line of text to each new line created by pressing Enter
or Return.

Tab Inserts Spaces Select to insert spaces instead of a tab character after
pressing Tab. The Tab Size option determines the number of
inserted spaces.

Setting the Text Font

To set the text font, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Font & Tabs panel in the Editor group in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. In the Font Settings area of the IDE Preferences window, select a font type in the
drop-down menu in the Font field.
4. Click OK to save your font in the IDE Preferences window.
The foreground text changes to the new font.

Setting the Text Size

To set the text size, follow these steps:
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Font & Tabs panel in the Editor group in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. In the Font Settings area of the IDE Preferences window, select the Size drop-down
menu and choose a text point size (from 2 to 24 points).

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 213

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

4. Click OK to save your text size in the IDE Preferences window.

The foreground text changes to the new size.

Text Colors
The Text Colors preference panel customizes colors applied to elements of source code
displayed in editor windows, such as:
• Default foreground and background in editor windows
• Standard comments, keywords, and strings in source code
• Custom-defined keywords
• Browser symbols
Default settings provide a simple scheme of at least four source-code colors. If four colors
do not provide sufficient detail, modify this preference panel to create more sophisticated
color schemes.

Figure 19.12 Text Colors Preference Panel

214 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.13 Text Colors Preference Panel

Item Explanation

Foreground Click the color swatch to display a dialog box. Use the
dialog box to set the foreground color used in editor
windows for text.

Background Click the color swatch to set the background color used
in editor windows.

Activate Syntax Coloring Select to apply custom colors to comments, keywords,

strings, and custom keywords in text. Clear to use the
Foreground color for all text.

Comments Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code comments.

Keywords Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code language keywords.

Strings Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code string literals.

Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 Click a color swatch to set the color used for the
corresponding custom-keyword set.

Edit Click to add, modify, or remove keywords from the

corresponding custom-keyword set.

Activate Browser Coloring Select to apply custom colors to browser symbols in text.
Clear to use the Foreground color for all text.

Classes Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code classes.

Constants Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code constants.

Enums Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code enumerations.

Functions Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code functions.

Globals Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code global variables.

Macros Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code macros.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 215

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Table 19.13 Text Colors Preference Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Templates Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code templates.

TypeDefs Click the color swatch to set the color used for source-
code type definitions.

Other Click the color swatch to set the color used for other
symbols not specified in the Activate Browser Coloring
section.

Setting Foreground Text Color

Use the Foreground Color option to configure the foreground text color displayed in
editor windows.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor group in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Click the Foreground color box to set the editor’s foreground color.
4. Pick color.
5. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
6. Click OK or Save
The foreground text color changes to the new color.

Setting Background Text Color

Use the Background Color option to configure the background color displayed by all
editor windows.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor group in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Click the Background color box to set the editor’s background color.
4. Pick color.
5. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
6. Click OK or Save
The background text color changes to the new color.

216 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

Activate Syntax and Browser Coloring

Use the Activate Syntax Coloring and Activate Browser Coloring options to configure
the syntax and browser colors that all editor windows display.
1. Choose Edit > Preferences.
2. Select the Text Colors panel in the Editor group in the IDE Preference Panels list.
3. Select the checkbox next to the Activate Syntax Coloring or the Activate Browser
Coloring option.
4. Click on the colored box next to the option.
5. Pick color.
6. Click OK in the Color Picker window.
7. Click OK or Save

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 217

Working with IDE Preferences
Editor Panels

218 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 20
Working with Target
Settings
This chapter explains core CodeWarrior™ IDE target settings panels and provides basic
information on target settings options for the current project’s build targets. Consult the
Targeting documentation for information on platform-specific target settings panels.
This chapter includes these sections:
• Target Settings Window
• Target Panels
• Editor Panels
Abbreviated descriptions appear in this chapter. See Preference and Target Settings
Options for more information on target settings panel options.

Target Settings Window

The Target Settings window lists settings for the current project’s build targets. These
target settings supersede global preferences defined in the IDE Preferences window.
The Target Settings window lists settings by group:
• Target—configures overall build target settings, such as names, browser caching,
file mappings, and access paths
• Language Settings—configures programming language settings. Consult the
Targeting documentation for more information about these settings panels
• Code Generation—configures processor, disassembler, and optimization settings
for generating code
• Linker—configure linker settings for transforming object code into a final
executable file. Consult the Targeting documentation for more information about
these settings panels.
• Editor—configure custom keyword sets and colors
• Debugger—configure settings for executable files, program suspension, and remote
debugging

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 219

Working with Target Settings
Target Settings Window

Figure 20.1 Target Settings Window

Table 20.1 Target Settings Window

Item Explanation

Target Lists settings panels, organized by group. Click the hierarchical control
Settings next to a group name to show or hide a list of individual settings
Panels list panels.

Settings panel Shows options for the selected item in the Target Settings Panels list.

Factory Click to restore the default options for the current settings panel.
Settings

Revert Panel Click to restore the most recently saved options for the current settings
panel.

Export Panel Click to save an XML file that contains set options for the current
panel.

Import Panel Click to open an XML file that contains settings for the current panel.

OK Click to save modifications to all settings panels and close the window.

220 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Table 20.1 Target Settings Window (continued)

Item Explanation

Cancel Click to discard modifications to all settings panels and close the
window.

Apply Click to confirm modifications to all settings panels.

Opening the Target Settings Window

Use the Target Settings window to modify build target options for the current project.
Choose Edit > targetname Settings to display the Target Settings window.

Target Panels
The Target group of the Target Settings Panels defines general target settings assigned to
a new project.
The panels available on most IDE hosts include:
• Target Settings
• Access Paths
• Build Extras
• File Mappings
• Source Trees

Target Settings
The Target Settings panel provides options for:
• setting the name of the current build target
• setting the linker, pre-linker, and post-linker for the build target
• specifying the project output directory for the final output file

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 221

Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Figure 20.2 Target Settings Panel

Table 20.2 Target Settings Panel—Items

Item Explanation

Target Name Enter a name (26 or fewer characters) for the selected build target
as it will appear in the project window.

Linker Select the linker to use on the current build target.

Pre-linker Select the pre-linker to use on the current build target.

Post-linker Select the post- linker to use on the current build target.

Output Directory Shows the location where the IDE creates the output binary file.
Click Choose to change this location.

Choose Click to select the directory in which the IDE saves the output
binary file.

Clear Click to delete the current Output Directory path.

Save project Select to save project file entries using a relative path from a
entries using defined access path. This option is helpful if the project has
relative paths multiple files with the same name.

Access Paths
The Access Paths settings panel defines the search paths for locating and accessing a
build target’s system files and header files.

NOTE The Access Paths settings panel displays either User Paths or System Paths,
depending on the selected radio button.

222 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Figure 20.3 Access Paths Settings Panel

Table 20.3 Access Paths Settings Panel

Item Explanation

Always Search Select to treat #include <...> statements the same as

User Paths #include "..." statements.

Source relative Select to search for dependent files in the same location as the
includes source file. If the dependent file is not found in this location, specified
User and System paths are searched. If this option is enabled, the
Always Search User Paths should also be enabled.

User Paths The User Paths list shows currently defined user-level access paths
searched by #include "..." statements.

System Paths The System Paths list shows currently defined system-level access
paths searched by #include <...> statements.

Add Default Click to restore the default user- and system-level access paths.

Host Flags list Choose the host platforms that can use the selected access path.
pop-up

Add Click to add a user- or system-level access path.

Change Click to modify the selected user- or system-level access path.

Remove Click to remove the selected user- or system-level access path.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 223

Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

The User Paths and System Paths lists display columns with status icons for each access
path. There are different types of access paths. Table 20.4 explains these items.

Table 20.4 User Paths and System Paths List Columns

Name Icon Explanation

Search status A checkmark icon indicates an active access path that the
IDE searches.

No checkmark icon indicates an inactive access path that

the IDE does not search.

Recursive A folder icon indicates that the IDE recursively searches

search subdirectories of the access path.

No folder icon indicates that the IDE does not recursively

search the access path.

Access path Shows the full access path to the selected directory.
Access paths have these types:
• Absolute—the complete path, from the root level
of the hard drive to the directory, including all
intermediate directories
• Project—the path from the project file relative to
the designated directory
• CodeWarrior—the path from the CodeWarrior
IDE relative to the designated directory
• System—the path from the operating system’s
base directory relative to the designated
directory
• Source tree—the path from a user-defined
source tree relative to the designated directory

224 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Build Extras
The Build Extras settings panel contains options that define how the CodeWarrior IDE
builds a project.

Figure 20.4 Build Extras Settings Panel

Table 20.5 Build Extras Settings Panel

Item Explanation

Use modification Select to have the IDE cache modification date information and
date caching use that information each time it builds a target. Builds are faster if
file modification dates are cached.
Note that it is recommended to uncheck this option if you are using
an external editor or using mounted directories.

For one-time changes to files (for example, those updated by a

VCS tool outside of the IDE or editing a file with an external
editor), you should check the modification date by clicking the
“Synchronize Modification Dates” button in the project window
toolbar.

Cache Subprojects Select to improve multi-project updating and linking speed.

Generate Browser Choose whether the IDE generates browser data for the project,
Data From and the method by which the IDE generates that data.

Dump internal Select to have the IDE dump raw browser information for viewing.
browse information This option appears after selecting Compiler from the Generate
after compile Browser Data From pop-up menu.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 225

Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Table 20.5 Build Extras Settings Panel (continued)

Item Explanation

Prefix file Enter the path to your project’s prefix file. This options appears
after selecting Language Parser from the Generate Browser
Data From pop-up menu.

Macro file Enter the path to your project’s macro file. This options appears
after selecting Language Parser from the Generate Browser
Data From pop-up menu.

Application Click Browse to select the external debugger application.

Alternatively, enter the path to the external debugger.

Arguments Enter any program arguments to pass to the external debugger

when the IDE transfers control.

Initial directory Click Browse to select an initial directory for the external
debugger. Alternatively, enter the path to the initial directory.

File Mappings
The File Mappings settings panel associates filename extensions with a CodeWarrior
plug-in compiler. These associations determine whether the IDE recognizes a source file
by its filename extension or file type. Use the settings panel to add, change, and remove
file mappings.

Figure 20.5 File Mappings Settings Panel

226 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Table 20.6 File Mappings Settings panel

Item Icon Explanation

File Mappings Displays a list of currently defined mappings between filename

list extensions and plug-in compilers.

File Type Enter a file type (such as TEXT) for the file mapping.
Alternatively, click Choose to set the file type by selecting an
example file. This file type also appears in the corresponding
column of the File Mappings list.

Extension Enter the filename extension (such as .cpp) for the file
mapping. This filename extension also appears in the
corresponding column of the File Mappings list.

Resource File A bullet in this column denotes a resource file. The IDE
flag includes these resource files when building the final output file.
Use the Flags context menu to toggle this flag.

Launchable A bullet in this column denotes a launchable file. The IDE

flag opens launchable files with the application that created them.
Double-click launchable files from the Project window. Use the
Flags context menu to toggle this flag.

Precompiled A bullet in this column denotes a precompiled file. The IDE

File flag builds precompiled files before building other files. Toggle this
flag using the Flags context menu.

Ignored By A bullet in this column denotes a file ignored by the compiler

Make flag during builds. For example, use this option to ignore text
(.txt) files or document (.doc) files. Use the Flags context
menu to toggle this flag.

Compiler Choose the plug-in compiler to associate with the selected file
mapping from this list. This compiler selection also appears in
the corresponding column of the File Mappings list.

Flags Choose the desired flags for the selected file mapping from
this context menu. A checkmark indicates an active flag.
Bullets appear in the corresponding columns of the File
Mappings list to reflect flag states.

Edit Choose the desired language to associate with the selected

Language file mapping from this list. The IDE applies the appropriate
syntax coloring for the selected language.

Add Click to add the current File Type, Extension, Flags, Compiler,
and Edit Language entries to the File Mappings list.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 227

Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Table 20.6 File Mappings Settings panel (continued)

Item Icon Explanation

Change Click to change the selected item in the File Mappings list to
reflect the current File Type, Extension, Flags, Compiler, and
Edit Language entries.

Remove Click to remove the selected item in the File Mappings list.

Source Trees
The Source Trees settings panel in the Target Settings window defines project-specific
root paths. These project-specific paths override the global root paths defined in the
Source Trees preference panel of the IDE Preferences window. Refer to Source Trees for
information on adding, changing, or removing paths.

External Builds Support

The IDE performs these tasks on external makefiles:
• Build
• Debug
• Source Browsing
• Error Lookup
You can use the IDE to build an external makefile and debug its output. A linker plugin
enables the IDE to manage a command line and targets associated with a makefile. The
command line executes when a build step is initiated. The linker plugin also supplies the
executable to use for debugging.
The linker plugin provides a preference panel named External Build that is used to
configure a target. The preference panel provides text fields for you to configure the
command line for the target (which enables building), specify the working directory and
the output file used to launch a debugging session, and the debug platform.
The linker plugin is generic so that it can be used regardless of the target CPU and OS.
The IDE updates the list of available debugger preference panels when you select the
debug platform.
Figure 20.6 shows the External Build Target settings panel.

228 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Target Panels

Figure 20.6 External Build Target Settings Panel

Use this panel to enter the following information:

• Build command line to be executed in the build step
The command line is sent to the OS shell and contains all parameters and/or switches
necessary for properly building the make file.
• Build directory in which to execute the command line.
• Output file name
Executable to be launched in the debug step. The file is relative to the output
directory specified in the Target Settings preference panel.
• Debug platform
The debugger platform represents the combination of OS and CPU that your build is
targeting. “Unspecified/Remote debugging” is the default, which indicates you have
not specified a debug platform. In most cases, not specifying a platform results in not
being able to debug. However, some platforms may allow debugging if no additional
debugger preference panel is used. If only one platform entry exists with the
“Unspecified” option, then it becomes the default entry.
When you initiate a build step, the linker plugin gathers output after the command line
begins executing. The linker directs output to the IDE and displays output in a read-only
Build Output Window. A build output window, such as Figure 20.7, is displayed for each
target. This command is enabled for targets that use the external build linker.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 229

Working with Target Settings
Editor Panels

Figure 20.7 Build Output Window

Editor Panels
The Editor group of the Target Settings Panels provides a single core panel for
configuring custom keywords within a project.

Custom Keywords
The Custom Keywords panel configures as many as four keyword sets, each with a list of
keywords and syntax coloring for a project. These project-specific settings supersede the
global settings defined in the Text Colors preference panel of the IDE Preferences
window.

Figure 20.8 Custom Keywords Settings Panel

Table 20.7 Custom Keywords Settings Panel Items

Item Explanation

Keyword set 1, Click a color swatch to set the color used for the
Keyword set 2, corresponding custom-keyword set.
Keyword set 3,
Keyword set 4

Edit Click to add, modify, or remove keywords from the

corresponding custom-keyword set.

230 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Working with Target Settings
Editor Panels

Adding Keyword to Keyword Set

To add a keyword to a keyword set, follow these steps:
1. Click Edit next to the desired keyword set.
A dialog box appears. This dialog box lists the current collection of keywords in the
keyword set.
2. Enter the new keyword into the field at the top of the dialog box.
3. Click Add.
The new keyword appears in the keyword list.
4. Select Case Sensitive as desired.
When selected, the IDE treats the case of each keyword in the keyword set as
significant. When cleared, the IDE ignores the case of each keyword in the keyword
set.
5. Click Done.
The IDE saves the modified keyword set.

Removing Keyword from Keyword Set

To remove a keyword from a keyword set, follow these steps:
1. Click Edit next to the desired keyword set.
A dialog box appears. This dialog box lists the current collection of keywords in the
keyword set.
2. Select the obsolete keyword in the Custom Keywords list.
3. Press Backspace key.
4. Click Done.
The IDE saves the modified keyword set.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 231

Working with Target Settings
Editor Panels

232 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 21
Preference and Target
Settings Options
Use this chapter to look up CodeWarrior™ IDE preference panel or target setting options
and learn more about their capabilities. Option names are arranged in alphabetical order.

NOTE This chapter covers options for the core IDE preference or target setting panels
described in this manual.

Activate Browser Coloring

Select this option to activate coloring of browser symbols in editor windows. Clear the
option to apply the default text color to all symbols. Click the color swatch next to a
symbol to modify its color.

Activate Syntax Coloring

Select this option to activate coloring of Comments, Keywords, Strings, and Custom
Keyword Sets symbols in editor windows. Clear the option to apply the default text color
to all symbols. Click the color swatch next to a symbol to modify its color.

Add Default
Click this button to restore the default user path or system path to the Access Paths panel.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 233

Preference and Target Settings Options

Always Search User Paths

This option controls the search criteria the IDE uses to find system and user files.
• selected—the IDE treats searching for system files (such as #include <...>) the
same as user files (#include "...").
• disabled—the IDE treats system paths differently from user paths.

Application
In this field enter the path to the external debugger that the IDE uses in place of the
CodeWarrior debugger. Alternatively, click Browse to open a dialog box. Use the dialog
box to select the external debugger.

Arguments
In this field enter command-line arguments to pass to the external debugger at the
beginning of a debugging session.

Attempt to show the dynamic runtime type of

objects
Select this option to display runtime types for C++, Object Pascal, and SOM objects. Clear
the option to display static types.

Auto Indent
Select this option to apply automatically the same indentation as the previous line for each
new line of text created by pressing Enter or Return. Clear the option to always return to
the left margin for each new line of text.

Auto Target Libraries

Select this option to have the IDE attempt to debug dynamically linked libraries (DLLs)
loaded by the target application. The IDE debugs the DLLs that have symbolics
information.
This option applies to non-project debugging sessions, such as debugging an attached
process.

NOTE Selecting this option may slow IDE performance. Clear the option to improve
speed.

234 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Automatic Invocation
Select this option to have the Code Completion window automatically open after typing
specific programming-language characters in the active editor window. Clear the option to
manually open the Code Completion window.
The specific characters that trigger opening of the Code Completion window depend on
the programming language that you use. For example, typing a period after a Java class
opens the Code Completion window, allowing you to complete the class invocation.
You can change the time it takes for the Code Completion window to appear after you
type a trigger character. If you perform any activity during this delay time, the Code
Completion window is canceled.
See also:
• “Code Completion Delay”

Background
Click this color swatch to configure the background color of editor windows.

Balance Flash Delay

In this field enter the time, in ticks, to highlight a matching punctuation character during a
Balance while typing check. Each tick represents 1/60th of a second (16.67 milliseconds).
Sample tick values include:
• 0 (zero)—disables balance flashing
• 30—the default flash value (1/2 of a second)
• 999—the maximum-flash delay value

Balance while typing

Select this option to have the editor check for balanced parentheses, brackets, and braces
in editor windows. For each closing parenthesis, bracket, or brace, the editor attempts to
find the opening counterpart.
The IDE behaves differently, depending on whether it finds the counterpart:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 235

Preference and Target Settings Options

• Found—the editor window scrolls to display the matching character, then returns to
the insertion point. The Balance Flash Delay option determines how long the editor
displays the matching character.
• Not found—the IDE beeps.

Browser Commands
Select this option to add Browser menu commands to contextual menus. Clear the option
to remove commands from the contextual menus.

Browser Path
In this field enter a path to the browser to use for viewing IDE online help. The Netscape
Navigator® browser is the default application. The PATH environment variable specifies
the path to the browser.
To change the default setting, or if the IDE cannot find Netscape Navigator, in the
Browser Path field enter a path to an alternate browser. Alternatively, click Set to select
the path.

Build before running

Choose from this pop-up menu the way in which the IDE handles project builds before
running the compiled application:
• Always—always build projects before running them.
• Never—never build projects before running them.
• Ask—ask each time how to proceed.

Case sensitive
Select this option to have the IDE consider case when completing code. Clear the option to
have the IDE ignore case.
The IDE can determine possible symbol matches according to case. For example, if you
clear the Case sensitive option and type str in the active editor window, the IDE
displays both string and String as possible matches. Selecting the option causes the
IDE to display only string as a possible match.

236 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Code Completion Delay

In this field enter the number of ticks to have the IDE wait from the time you type a trigger
character to the time the Code Completion window opens. A tick is 1/60 of a second.
Performing any activity during this delay time cancels opening of the Code Completion
window.
See also:
• “Automatic Invocation”

Collapse non-debugging windows

Select this option to collapse non-debugging windows when starting a debugging session.
At the end of the debugging session, the IDE automatically restores the collapsed
windows.

Comments
Select the Activate Syntax Coloring option in order to configure this option. Use this
option to configure the color of C, C++, and Java comments displayed in editor windows.
The IDE then uses the chosen color for comments placed between /* and */ or from //
to the end of a line.
Click the color swatch next to Comments to set the color.

Compiler
Choose from this list pop-up the desired compiler for the selected File Type in the File
Mappings list. Select None to not associate the selected file type with any compiler.

Compiler thread stack

In this field enter the maximum kilobytes of stack size for the IDE to allocate to compiling
and linking thread support.
The IDE threads all build processes, with compiling and linking occurring on a thread
separate from the main application thread. This setting controls the compiler-thread stack
size.
To avoid frequent compiler crashes, such as when building very large or complex projects,
increase the default compiler-thread-stack size.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 237

Preference and Target Settings Options

Confirm invalid file modification dates

Select this option to keep track of source-file modification dates in a project. The IDE
displays a warning message if the modification dates do not match. The message warns of
possible discrepancies between object code and source code. Clear the option to prevent
the IDE from displaying the warning message.

Context popup delay

In this field enter the minimum time, in ticks, to hold down the mouse button before IDE
contextual menus appear. Each tick represents 1/60 of a second (16.67 milliseconds).
Sample tick values include:
• 0 (zero)—disables appearance of contextual menus
• 40—default popup delay value (2/3 of a second)
• 240—maximum popup delay value

Disable third party COM plugins

Select this option to prevent the IDE from loading third-party Component Object Model
(COM) plugins. Clear the option to have the IDE load the plugins at start-up time.
Use this option to help troubleshoot problems with the IDE. If the problem goes away
after disabling the plug-ins, then a conflict exists between the third-party plugins and the
IDE plugins.

Display deprecated items

Select this option to have the Code Completion window display obsolete programming-
language items. Clear the option to have the window hide the obsolete items.
Deprecated items appear in gray text in the Code Completion window.

Do nothing
Select this option to leave all windows in place during a debugging session.

238 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Do nothing to project windows

Select this option to prevent the IDE from manipulating project windows when starting a
debugging session. Use this option to help debug multiple build targets or multiple
projects.

Documents
In this field enter the number of recent documents to display in the Open Recent
submenu.

Drag and drop editing

Select this option to allow dragging and dropping of text in editor windows. Clear the
option to disable drag-and-drop text editing.

Dump internal browse information after compile

Select this option to view the raw browser information that a plug-in compiler or linker
provides for the IDE. Use this option to help develop plug-ins for use with the IDE.

NOTE After enabling the Dump internal browse information after compile option,
compile only single files or small files. Compiling an entire project can create
huge internal browser information for the IDE to display.

Edit Commands
Select this option to add Edit menu commands to IDE contextual menus. Clear the option
to remove the commands from the contextual menus.

Edit Language
Choose from this pop-up menu the programming language to associate with the selected
file mapping. The selected language determines the syntax-color scheme. For example,
choose C/C++ to apply the appropriate syntax-color scheme for C or C++ programming-
language components.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 239

Preference and Target Settings Options

Enable automatic Toolbar help

Select this option to display Balloon Help after resting the cursor over a toolbar button.
Clear the option to prevent Balloon Help from appearing.

Enable Virtual Space

Use this option to configure the editor for handling spaces in different ways.
• selected—the editor allows moving the text-insertion point past the end of a line of
text, using either the arrow keys or the mouse. After moving to the desired position,
begin entering text. The editor automatically inserts spaces between the former end
of the line and the newly entered text.
• cleared—the editor requires manual insertion of spaces to move past the end of a line
of text.

Environment Settings
Use this section to specify environment variables to pass to your program as part of the
environment parameter in your program’s main() function, or as part of environment
calls. These environment variables are only available to the target program. When your
program terminates, the settings are no longer available.

NOTE The Environment Settings section appears only when you develop code for a
Windows build target. The section does not appear for any other build target.

Export Panel
Click this button to save to an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file the current state
of the active preference or settings panel.

Extension
In this field enter a filename extension, such as the .c or .h, for a selected File Type in
the File Mappings list. Table 21.1 on page 241 lists default filename extensions.

240 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Table 21.1 Default filename extensions

Type Extension Explanation

Minimum CodeWarrior .iSYM CodeWarrior Intel® Symbols

Installation
.mch CodeWarrior Precompiled Header

.mcp CodeWarrior Project File

.SYM CodeWarrior Mac OS 68K Debug

Symbols

.xSYM CodeWarrior Mac OS PPC Debug

Symbols

.dbg CodeWarrior Debug Preferences

.exp Exported Symbol File

.iMAP CodeWarrior Link Map

.MAP CodeWarrior Link Map

Assembly .a Assembly Source File

.asm Assembly Source File

.dump CodeWarrior Disassembled File

C and C++ .c++ C++ Source File

.cc C++ Source File

.hh C++ Header File

.hpp C++ Header File

.i C Inline Source File

.icc C++ Inline Source File

.m Object C Source File

.mm Object C++ Source File

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 241

Preference and Target Settings Options

Table 21.1 Default filename extensions (continued)

Type Extension Explanation

Default C and C++ .c C Source File

.cp C++ Source File

.cpp C++ Source File

.h C and C++ Header File

Default Java .class Java Class File

.jar Java Archive File

.jav Java Source File

.java Java Source File

Java .JMAP Java Import Mapping Dump

.jpob Java Constructor File

.mf Java Manifest File

Library .a (Static) Archive Library

.lib Library File

.o Object File

.o Object (Relocatable) Library or Kernel

Module

.obj Object File

.pch Precompiled Header Source File

.pch++ Precompiled Header Source File

242 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Factory Settings
Click this button to change all modified options to their default values in the current or
settings preference panel.

Failure
Choose from this pop-up menu a sound to play after a Bring Up To Date or Make
operation fails.

File Type
Enter in this field the four-character file type for the selected file mapping in the File
Mappings list.

Find and compare operations

A bullet in the Find and compare operations column, whose label appears at left,
indicates that the IDE ignores matching folders for find-and-compare operations.
Such operations include dragging a folder into fields in the Find window, or
comparing folder contents.

Find Reference using

Choose from the Find Reference using options, an online browser application to look up
references and definitions.
For example, use this option to look up documentation for language keywords:
1. Select an online browser application with the Find Reference using option.
2. Select a language keyword, such as boolean, in the source code.
3. Choose the Find Reference menu command. The IDE looks up reference
information for the boolean keyword in the documentation.

Font
Choose from the Font options the typeface to use for displaying text in editor windows.
This setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current IDE state:

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 243

Preference and Target Settings Options

• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default font. All editor windows
take on the default font.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the font displayed in the frontmost editor
window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The default font remains
unchanged.

Font Preferences
Select the Font Preferences option to remember font settings for each file in a project.
Clear the option to use the default font settings every time the IDE opens each file. The
Font & Tabs preference panel defines the default settings.

Foreground
Use the Foreground option to configure the color of any text not affected by the Activate
Syntax Coloring or Activate Browser Coloring options.
Click the color swatch to change the current color.

G-I

Generate Browser Data From

Choose from this pop-up menu whether the IDE generates browser data, and from what
source it generates that data.
Choose from these possibilities:
• None—Disable browser-data generation. Certain IDE features that use browser data
will be unable to work with the project, but the project’s size will be smaller.
• Compiler—Have the IDE use the compiler to generate browser data. If you choose
this option, you must Make the project in order to generate the browser data. The
IDE uses the compiler assigned to the project to generate browser data during the
build process.
• Language Parser—Have the IDE use the language parser to generate the browser
data. Certain IDE features, such as C/C++ Code Completion, function more
effectively if you choose this option. The IDE uses the language parser assigned to
the project to generate browser data.

NOTE If you choose the Language Parser option, you can also have the IDE take
into account your custom macro definitions. To do so, enter the path to your

244 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

prefix file in the Prefix file field and the path to your macro file in the Macro
file field.

Grid Size X
In the Grid Size X field enter the number of pixels to space between markings on the x-
axis of the Layout Editor grid.

Grid Size Y
In the Grid Size Y field enter the number of pixels to space between markings on the y-
axis of the Layout Editor grid.

Host Flags
The Host Flags list pop-up defines the host platforms which can use the selected access
path. The settings include:
• None–no host can use this access path.
• All–all hosts can use this access path.
• Windows–only use this path for Windows build targets.

Import Panel
Click Import Panel to load the contents of a previously saved Extensible Markup
Language (XML) file into the active preference or settings panel.

Include file cache

Use the Include file cache option to specify the upper limit of kilobytes of memory used
by the IDE for caching #include files and precompiled headers. The larger the value
entered, the more memory the IDE uses to accelerate builds.

Initial directory
In this field enter the initial directory for use with the external debugger. Alternatively,
click Browse to open a dialog box. Use the dialog box to select the initial directory.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 245

Preference and Target Settings Options

Insert Template Commands

Select the Insert Template Commands option to display the Insert Template submenu
in contextual menus. The submenu displays source-defined function templates. Clear to
remove the submenu from the contextual menus.

NOTE Select the Browser Commands option in order to select the Insert Template
Commands option. Otherwise, the Insert Template Commands state has no
effect.

Interpret DOS and Unix Paths

This option determines how the IDE treats filenames for interface files:
• Selected—the IDE treats the backslash (\) and the forward slash (/) characters as
subfolder separator characters. In the example
#include "sys/socks.h"
the IDE searches for a subfolder called sys that contains a socks.h file.
• Cleared—the IDE treats both the backslash and forward slash characters as part of
the filename. Using the same example, the IDE now searches for a sys/socks.h
filename.

K-L

Keywords
Use the Keywords option to configure the color of C, C++, and Java programming
language’s keywords displayed in editor windows when the Activate Syntax Coloring
option is enabled. Coloring does not include macros, types, variables defined by system
interface files, or variables defined in source code. Click the color swatch next to
Keywords to set the color.

Launch Editor
Enter in the Launch Editor field a command-line expression that specifies the third-party
text editor that the CodeWarrior IDE runs to edit text files.

246 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

The IDE expands the %file variable of the command-line expression into the full file
path. For example, to run the Emacs text editor to edit text files, enter this command-line
expression:
runemacs %file
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more information
about using command lines.

Launch Editor w/ Line #

Enter in the Launch Editor w/ Line # field a command-line expression that specifies the
third-party text editor that the IDE runs to edit text files, and an initial line of text that the
third-party editor displays upon running.
The IDE expands the %line variable of the command-line expression into an initial line
of text for the third-party text editor to display. For example, to run the Emacs text editor
to edit a text file, and to have the Emacs editor display the line provided to it by the IDE,
enter this command-line expression:
emacs %file %line
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more information
about using command lines.

Left margin click selects line

Select the Left margin click selects line option to use a right-pointing cursor,
shown at left, to select entire lines of text from the left margin. Clear the option to
disable use of the right-pointing cursor.
With the right-pointing cursor active, click in the left margin to select the current line, or
click and drag along the left margin to select multiple lines.

Level
Choose from the Level options the amount of information reported for IDE plug-ins in
development. This information is useful for diagnosing plug-in behavior or for viewing
information about the properties of installed plug-ins.
Choose one of these levels of plug-in diagnostic information:
• None (default)—The IDE does not activate plug-in diagnostics or produce output.
• Errors Only—The IDE reports problems encountered while loading plug-ins. These
problems appear in a new text file after the IDE starts up.
• All Info—The IDE reports information for each installed plug-in, such as problems
with plug-in loading, optional plug-in information, and plug-in properties. This
information appears in a new text file after the IDE starts up. The text file also

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 247

Preference and Target Settings Options

contains a complete list of installed plug-ins and their associated preference panels,
compilers, and linkers.
The IDE allows saving and printing the text file. Use the file as an error reference for
troubleshooting plug-ins. The text file also provides suggestions for correcting general
plug-in errors.

Linker
Use the Linker option menu to select the linker to use with the project. The choices
available are always dependent on the plug-in linkers that are available to the
CodeWarrior IDE.
To learn more about the linkers, see the appropriate Targeting manual.

Output Directory
Use the Output Directory caption to show the location the IDE places a final linked
output file. The default location is the directory that contains your project file. Select
Choose to specify the location path.

Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’

Select the Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ option to play a sound after a
build operation completes. Choose different sounds for successful and unsuccessful builds
using the Success and Failure pop-up options, respectively.
See also:
• “Failure”
• “Success”

Post-linker
Use the Post-linker option to select a post-linker that performs additional work (such as
format conversion) on the final executable file.

248 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

For more information see the appropriate Targeting manual.

Pre-linker
Use the Pre-linker option to select a pre-linker that performs additional work on the
object code in a project. This work takes place before the IDE links the object code into
the final executable file.
For more information about the pre-linkers available, see the build targets Targeting
manual.

Projects
Enter the number of recent projects to display in the Open Recent submenu.

Project Commands
Select the Project Commands option to add Project menu commands to contextual
menus. Clear the option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.

Project operations
A bullet in the Project operations column, whose label appears at left, indicates
that the IDE ignores matching folders for project operations. Such operations
include dragging a folder into the Project window, building a project, or searching
access paths after choosing File > Open.

Recommended
Select the Recommended option to allow the number of concurrent compiles suggested
by the IDE. This suggestion takes into account the number of active Central Processing
Units (CPUs) on the host computer.

Regular Expression
Enter in the Regular Expression field a text pattern to match against folder names. The
IDE excludes matching folders and their contents from selected project operations or find-
and-compare operations.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 249

Preference and Target Settings Options

Relaxed C popup parsing

Use the Relaxed C popup parsing option to control the strictness of C coding
conventions:
• Select the option to have the IDE recognize some non-standard functions that
interfere with Kernighan-and-Ritchie conventions. The IDE displays the non-
standard functions in the Routine list pop-up.
• Clear the option to have the IDE recognize only functions that conform to
Kernighan-and-Ritchie conventions. The IDE displays only the standard functions in
the Routine list pop-up.
For more information, refer to “Reference Manual,” of The C Programming Language,
Second Edition, by Kernighan and Ritchie, published by Prentice Hall.

NOTE Toggle the Relaxed C popup parsing option to maximize recognition of

functions, macros, and routine names in the source code.

Revert Panel
Click Revert Panel to revert all modified options in the current preference or settings
panel to the values present when the panel was originally opened.

Save open files before build

Select the Save open files before build option to automatically save files during project
operations:
• Preprocess
• Precompile
• Compile
• Disassemble
• Bring Up To Date
• Make
• Run

250 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Save project entries using relative paths

Use the Save project entries using relative paths option to store the location of a file
using a relative path from one of the access paths. The settings include:
• enabled–the IDE stores extra location information to distinctly identify different
source files with the same name. The IDE remembers the location information even
if it needs to re-search for files in the access paths.
• disabled–the IDE remembers project entries only by name. This setting can cause
unexpected results if two or more files share the same name. In this case, re-
searching for files could cause the IDE to find the project entry in a different access
path.

Script
Choose from the Scripts options the script system (language) used to display text in editor
windows. This setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current IDE state:
• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default script system. All editor
windows take on the default script system.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the script system displayed in the
frontmost editor window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The default
script system remains unchanged.

Selection position
Select the Selection position option to remember these items for each editor window:
• visible text
• insertion-point location
• selected text
Clear the option to open each editor window according to default settings and place the
insertion point at the first line of text.

NOTE The IDE must be able to write to the file in order to remember selection
position.

Show Code and Data Sizes

Enable this option in the IDE Extras panel of the IDE preferences panels to display the
Code and Data columns in the project manager window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 251

Preference and Target Settings Options

Show message after building up-to-date project

Select the Show message after building up-to-date project option to have the IDE
display a message after building an up-to-date project.

Size
Choose from the Size options the font size used to display text in editor windows. This
setting behaves in two different ways, depending on the current IDE state:
• No editor windows open—the setting modifies the default font size. All editor
windows take on the default font size.
• Editor windows open—the setting modifies the font size displayed in the frontmost
editor window only. Other editor windows remain unaffected. The default font size
remains unchanged.

Strings
Use the Strings option to configure the color of anything that is not a comment, keyword,
or custom keyword and displayed in editor windows when the Activate Syntax Coloring
option is enabled. Sample strings include literal values, variable names, routine names,
and type names.
Click the color swatch next to Strings to set the color.

Sort function popup

Select the Sort function popup option to sort function names by alphabetical order in list
pop-ups. Clear the option to sort function names by order of appearance in the source file.

Source relative includes

Select to search for dependent files in the same location as the source file. If the dependent
file is not found in this location, specified User and System paths are searched. If this
option is enabled, the Always Search User Paths should also be enabled. For example, if
the compiler is currently scanning the main source file and discovers an include header file
statement, the header file is searched for in the same location as the main file. If not found,
the specified access paths will be searched. If the header file declared in the main file also
contains an include statement for another header file, it too will be searched for in the
same sequence.

252 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Success
Choose from the Success options a sound to play after a Bring Up To Date or Make
operation succeeds.

Symbolics
Enter the number of recent symbolics files to display in the Open Recent submenu.

System Paths
Click the System Paths radio button to display the System Paths pane in the Access Paths
preference panel.

Tab indents selection

Use the Tab indents selection option to control how the editor inserts tabs into the
currently selected lines of text:
• Select the option so that pressing Tab causes the editor to insert tab characters in
front of each selected line of text. The editor thereby indents the selected text.
• Clear the option so that pressing Tab causes the editor to replace selected text with a
tab character. The editor thereby overwrites the selected text.

Tab Inserts Spaces

Select the Tab Inserts Spaces option to have the editor insert spaces instead of tab
characters into text. Clear the option to have the editor use tab characters.
The Tab Size option determines the number of spaces inserted by the editor.

Tab Size
Enter in the Tab Size field the number of spaces to substitute in place of a tab character in
text. This number applies to the Tab Inserts Spaces option.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 253

Preference and Target Settings Options

Target Name
Use the Target Name text box to set or modify the name of the current build target. This
name appears in the Targets view in the Project window. This name is not the name
assigned to the final output file, that is set in the Linker panel for the build target.

Type
Choose from the Type options the desired source-tree path type:
• Absolute Path—This source-tree type is based on a file path.
• Environment Variable—This source-tree type is based on an existing environment-
variable definition.
• Registry Key—This source-tree type is based on an existing Windows registry key
entry.

Use default workspace

Select this option to have the IDE use the default workspace. The IDE uses the default
workspace to save and restore window and debugging states from one session to the next.
For example, if you select this option and close the IDE with a project window visible
onscreen, that project window reappears the next time you start the IDE.
Clear this option to have the IDE start with the same default state for each new session: no
windows visible onscreen.
For example, if you clear this option and close the IDE with a project window visible
onscreen, that project window does not appear the next time you start the IDE. Instead, the
IDE always starts without opening any windows.

Use External Editor

Select the Use External Editor option to use an external text editor to modify text files in
the current project. Clear the option to use the text editor included with the IDE.

254 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

Use Local Project Data Storage

Select the Use Local Project Data Storage option to store (on the host computer) data
associated with a project file on a read-only volume. Clear the option to store project data
inside the same folder as the project file itself.
After loading a project file, the IDE creates or updates an associated project data folder.
The IDE stores intermediate project data in this folder. When building or closing a project,
the IDE uses the information in the project data folder to update the project file.
By default, the IDE places the project data folder within the same folder as the project file.
However, the IDE cannot create or update a project data folder in a location that grants
read-only privileges.
If you are creating one project to be accessed by multiple users that are running
CodeWarrior on separate machines, then each user should select this option to create a
local data storage folder for the shared project. The folder containing the project file
should be set to read-only. This will cause the target information to be stored locally on
each user’s machine, instead of inside a folder next to the project file.

Use modification date caching

Use the Use modification date caching option to determine whether the IDE checks the
modification date of each project file prior to making the project. The settings include:
• enabled–the IDE caches the modification dates of the files in a project. At
compilation time, the IDE refers to this cache to determine whether a specific file
should be recompiled. This can shorten compilation time significantly for large
projects.
• disabled–the IDE checks every file at each recompile of the project. Use this setting
if using third-party editors to ensure that the IDE checks every file at compilation
time.

Use Multiple Document Interface

Toggle this option to change the IDE interface:
• Selected—The IDE uses MDI (Multiple Document Interface). In this interface, the
IDE uses a main application window with a gray background. IDE windows appear
inside the main application window. The gray background obscures your view of the
desktop.
• Cleared—The IDE uses FDI (Floating Document Interface). In this interface, the
IDE does not use a main application window. You can see through the IDE user
interface to your desktop. IDE windows appear above the desktop.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 255

Preference and Target Settings Options

Use multiple undo

Select the Use multiple undo option to remember several undo and redo operations in
editor windows. Clear the option to remember only the most recent undo or redo action.
The IDE stores undo and redo actions on a stack in first-in last-out (FILO) order, however,
the stack size and capability are limited. For example, assume there are five undo actions
on the stack (ABCDE). If the IDE redoes two actions (ABC), then performs a new action
(ABCF), the undo events (DE) are no longer available.

Use Script menu

Select the Use Script menu option to display the Scripts menu in the IDE menu bar.
Clear the option to remove the Scripts menu from the menu bar. The Scripts menu
provides convenient access to IDE scripts.
For more information about scripting the IDE, refer to the CodeWarrior Scripting
Reference.

Use Third Party Editor

Select the Use Third Party Editor option to use a third-party text editor to modify text
files. Clear the option to use the text editor included with the IDE.
Enter in the Launch Editor and Launch Editor w/ Line # fields command-line
expressions that specify information that the IDE passes to the third-party editor.
Consult the documentation provided with the third-party text editor for more information
about using command lines.
See also:
• “Launch Editor”
• “Launch Editor w/ Line #”

Use ToolServer menu

Select the Use ToolServer menu option to display the ToolServer menu in the IDE menu
bar. Clear the option to remove the ToolServer menu from the menu bar.

User Paths
Click this radio button to display the User Paths pane in the Access Paths preference
panel.

256 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Preference and Target Settings Options

User Specified
Select the User Specified option to stipulate the number of concurrent compiles to allow
in the IDE. Enter the desired number in the text box beside the option.

NOTE The IDE accommodates a maximum of 1024 concurrent compiles. However,

there is a point where the host system becomes compute-bound, and allowing
more processes only adds overhead. For a single-processor system, the
practical limit is approximately 12 concurrent compiles.

Value
The Value text box defines the value of the variable defined in the Variable text box that
will be passed to a host application when control is transferred to it by the IDE.

Variable
The Variable text box defines the name of a variable to be passed to a host application
when control is transferred to it by the IDE.

VCS Commands
Select the VCS Commands option to add VCS menu commands to contextual menus.
Clear the option to remove the commands from the contextual menus.
Refer to the documentation that came with the version control system to learn about using
it with the CodeWarrior IDE.

W-Z

Window follows insertion point

Select this option to have the Code Completion window follow the insertion point as you
edit text in the active editor window. Clear the option to leave the Code Completion
window in place.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 257

Preference and Target Settings Options

Window position and size

Select the Window position and size option to remember the location and dimensions of
each editor window. Clear the option to open each editor window according to default
settings.

NOTE The IDE must be able to write to the file in order to remember window position
and size.

Working Directory
Enter the path to the default directory to which the current project has access.

Workspaces
Enter the number of recent workspace files to display in the Open Recent submenu.

Zoom windows to full screen

Use the Zoom windows to full screen option to configure the behavior of the zoom box in
the upper right-hand corner of all editor windows:
• Select the option to have the IDE resize a zoomed window to fill the entire screen.
• Clear the option to have the IDE resize a zoomed window to its default size.

258 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 VII

Menus
This section includes these chapters:
• IDE Menus
• Menu Commands

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 259

260 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide
 22
IDE Menus
This chapter provides an overview of CodeWarrior™ IDE menus and their commands.
This chapter lists the IDE menus under each menu layout. For each menu, a table shows
this information:
• Menu command—the name of each command in the menu.
• Description—a short description of each command.
This chapter has these sections:
• “Windows Menu Layout”

Windows Menu Layout

This section provides an overview of the menus and menu commands available in the
Windows menu layout.

File Menu
The File menu contains commands for opening, creating, saving, closing, and printing
source files and projects. The File menu also provides different methods for saving edited
files.

Table 22.1 File Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

New Text File Creates new empty text file.

New Creates new projects using the New Project wizard or

project stationery files.

Open Opens source and project files for editing and project
modification operations.

Find and Open File Opens the file specified in the Find and Open File dialog or
from the selected text in the active window.

Close Closes the active window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 261

IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Table 22.1 File Menu Commands (continued)

Menu command Explanation

Save Saves the active file using the editor window’s filename.

Save All Saves all open editor windows.

Save As Saves a copy of the active file under a new name and
closes the original file.

Save A Copy As Saves a copy of the active file without closing the file.

Revert Discards all changes made to the active file since the last
save operation.

Open Workspace Opens a workspace that you previously saved.

Close Workspace Closes the current workspace. (You cannot close the
default workspace.)

Save Workspace Saves the current state of onscreen windows, recent items,
and debugging.

Save Workspace As Saves an existing workspace under a different name.

Import Components Imports the components from another catalog into the
current catalog.

Close Catalog Closes the current catalog and its associated Catalog
Components window and Component Palette.

Import Project Imports a project file previously saved in extensible markup

language format (XML) and converts it into project file
format.

Export Project Exports the active project file to disk in extensible markup
language (XML) format.

Page Setup Displays the Page Setup dialog for setting paper size,
orientation, and other printer options.

Print Displays the Print dialog for printing active files, and the
contents of Project, Message, and Errors & Warning
window contents.

Open Recent Displays a submenu of recently opened files and projects

that can be opened in the IDE.

Exit Quits the CodeWarrior IDE.

262 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Edit Menu
The Edit menu contains all customary editing commands, along with some CodeWarrior
additions. This menu also includes commands that open the Preferences and Target
Settings windows.

Table 22.2 Edit Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

Undo Undoes the last cut, paste, clear, or typing operation.

If you cannot undo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Undo.

Redo Redoes the action of the last Undo operation.

If you cannot redo the action, this command changes to
Can’t Redo.

Cut Removes the selected text and places a copy of it on the

Clipboard.

Copy Copies the selected text and places a copy of it on the

Clipboard.

Paste Places the contents of the Clipboard at current insertion

point or replaces the selected text.

Delete Removes the selected text without placing a copy on the

Clipboard.

Select All Selects all text in current editor window or text box for cut,
copy, paste, clear, or typing operations.

Balance Selects text between the nearest set of parenthesis,

braces, or brackets.

Shift Left Moves selected text one tab stop to the left.

Shift Right Moves selected text one tab stop to the right.

Get Previous Completion Shortcut for selecting the previous item that appears in
the Code Completion window.

Get Next Completion Shortcut for selecting the next item that appears in the
Code Completion window.

Complete Code Opens the Code Completion window.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 263

IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Table 22.2 Edit Menu Commands (continued)

Menu command Explanation

Preferences Opens the IDE Preferences window where you can set
general IDE, editor, and layout options.

Target Settings Opens the project’s Target Settings window where you
can set target, language, code generation, linker, and
(the name changes, based
editor options.
on the name of the active
build target)

Version Control Settings Opens the VCS Settings window to enable activation of a
version control system and its relevant settings.

Commands & Key Opens the Customize IDE Commands window where you
Bindings can create, modify, remove menus, menu commands,
and key bindings.

View Menu
The View menu contains commands for viewing toolbars, the class browser, the Message
window, and other windows.

Table 22.3 View Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

Toolbars Use the Toolbars menu to show, hide, reset, and clear
window and main toolbars.

Project Inspector Opens or brings to the front a Project Inspector window.

Browser Contents Opens or brings to the front a Browser Contents window.

Class Browser Opens or brings to the front a New Class Browser

window.

Class Hierarchy or Class Opens or brings to the front a Class Hierarchy window.
Hierarchy Window

Build Progress or Build Opens the Build Progress window.

Progress Window

Errors & Warnings or Opens or brings to the front an Errors & Warnings
Errors & Warnings Window window.

264 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Table 22.3 View Menu Commands (continued)

Menu command Explanation

Processes or Processes Opens or brings to the front a Processes window.

Window

Expressions or Opens or brings to the front an Expressions window. Use

Expressions Window to view, create, modify, and remove expressions.

Global Variables or Global Opens or brings to the front a Global Variables window.
Variables Window

Search Menu
The Search menu contains commands for finding text, replacing text, comparing files,
and navigating code.

Table 22.4 Search Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

Find Opens the Find and Replace window for performing searches
in the active editor window.

Replace Opens the Find and Replace window for replacing text in the
active editor window.

Find in Files Opens the Find in Files window for performing searches in the
active editor window.

Find Next Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the active editor
window.

Find In Next File Finds the next occurrence of the find string in the next file
listed in the Find window’s File Set.

Enter Find String Replaces the Find text box string with the selected text.

Find Selection Finds the next occurrence of the selected text in the active
editor window.

Replace Selection Replaces the replace string in the Replace text box with the
selected text.

Replace and Find Replaces the selected text with the Replace text box string,
Next then performs a Find Next operation.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 265

IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Table 22.4 Search Menu Commands (continued)

Menu command Explanation

Replace All Finds all matches of the Find text box string and replaces them
with the Replace text box string.

Find Definition Searches for definition of the routine name selected in the
active editor window using the project’s source files.

Go Back Returns to the previous CodeWarrior browser view.

Go Forward Moves to the next CodeWarrior browser view.

Go to Line Opens the Go To Line dialog where you can specify by line
number where to position the text insertion point.

Compare Files Opens the Compare Files Setup window where you can
choose to compare folders or files and merge their contents.

Apply Difference Adds, removes, or changes the selected text in the destination
file to match the selected text in the source file.

Unapply Difference Reverses the modifications made to the destination file by the
Apply Difference command.

Project Menu
The Project menu contains commands for manipulating files, handling libraries,
compiling projects, building projects, and linking projects.

Table 22.5 Project Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

Add Window Adds the active window to the project.

Add Files Opens a dialog box that you can use to add multiple files to
the active project.

Create Group Opens the Create Group dialog box that you can use to add a
new file group to the active project. The new file group
appears below the selected file or group.

Create Target Opens the Create Target dialog box that you can use to add a
new build target to the active project. The new build target
appears below the selected build target.

266 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Table 22.5 Project Menu Commands (continued)

Menu command Explanation

Check Syntax Checks the active editor window or selected files in the project
window for compilation errors.

Preprocess Preprocesses the active editor window or selected files in the

project window and displays results in a new editor window.

Precompile Precompiles the active editor window or selected files in the

project window and stores results in a new header file.

Compile Compiles the active editor window or selected files in the

project window.

Disassemble Disassembles the active editor window or selected files in the

project window and displays results in a new editor window.

Bring Up To Date Compiles all marked or modified files in the current build
target of the active project.

Make Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current
build target of the active project, saving the executable file.

Stop Build Stops the current compile and linking operation and cancels
the remainder of the build process.

Remove Object Code Removes object code from one or more build targets in the
project.

Re-search for Files Resets the cached locations of source files using the project
access paths, and stores them for faster builds and project
operations.

Reset Project Entry Resets the location of all source files in the active project
Paths using the project access paths.

Synchronize Updates the modification dates of all source files in the active
Modification Dates project.

Run Compiles and links all marked or modified files in the current
build target of the active window, then runs the built
executable file.

Set Default Project Uses the Set Default Project menu to choose the default
project when more than one project is open in the IDE.

Set Default Target Uses the Set Default Target menu to choose the default build
target when more than one build target is present in the
project file.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 267

IDE Menus
Windows Menu Layout

Window Menu
The Window menu contains commands that manipulate IDE windows.
The menu lists the names of all open file and project windows. A checkmark appears
beside the active window, and an underline indicates a modified and unsaved file.

Table 22.6 Window Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

Close Closes the active window.

Close All Closes all non-project windows.

Cascade Arranges all editor windows so that only the title bar is
visible.

Tile Horizontally Tiles all editor windows horizontally on the screen so

none overlap.

Tile Vertically Tiles all editor windows vertically on the screen so none
overlap.

Save Default Window Saves the active browser windows settings and applies it
to other browser windows as they are opened.

Help Menu
The Help menu contains commands for accessing the IDE’s online help.

Table 22.7 Help Menu Commands

Menu command Explanation

CodeWarrior Help Launches a help viewer to display the online help. Click on a
link to view a specific IDE topic.

Index Launches a help viewer to display a glossary of common

terms used in the CodeWarrior help and manuals.

Search Launches a help viewer to a page for searching the

CodeWarrior help and manuals.

Freescale Website Launches a browser and automatically points you to the

Freescale web site.

About Freescale Displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number
CodeWarrior information.

268 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 23
Menu Commands
This section presents an alphabetical listing of all available menu commands in the
CodeWarrior™ IDE. Menu commands that appear only on certain host platforms are
documented. A menu command that has no host information is available on all hosts.
Use this listing as a reference to find information about a specific menu command.

About Freescale CodeWarrior

This command displays the CodeWarrior IDE version and build number information.

TIP Click the Installed Products button in this window to view and save information
about installed products and plug-ins for the CodeWarrior IDE. You can also use
this window to enable or disable plug-in diagnostics.

Add Files
The Add Files command opens a dialog which allows one or more files to be added to the
project.

Add Window
The Add Window command adds the file in the active Editor window to the open project.
The name of the menu command changes, based on the name of the active window. For
example, if the name of the active window is MyFile, the name of the menu command
changes to Add MyFile to Project.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 269

Menu Commands

Align
Reveals the Align submenu with component alignment commands like Right Edges,
Vertical Centers, and others.
See also:
• “Bottom Edges”
• “Horizontal Center”
• “Left Edges”
• “Right Edges”
• “To Grid”
• “Top Edges”
• “Vertical Center”

All Exceptions
The All Exceptions command of the Java submenu tells the debugger to break every time
an exception occurs. This behavior includes exceptions thrown by the virtual machine,
your own classes, the debugger, classes in classes.zip, and so on. Java programs
throw many exceptions in the normal course of execution, so catching all exceptions
causes the debugger to break often.

Anchor Floating Toolbar

The Anchor Floating Toolbar command attaches the floating toolbar beneath the menu
bar. Once attached, the anchored toolbar can not be moved again until it is unanchored.
See also: “Unanchor Floating Toolbar”

Apply Difference
The Apply Difference command applies the selected difference from the source file into
the destination file.

270 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Balance
The Balance command selects all text starting at the current insertion point and enclosed
in parentheses (), brackets [], or braces {},

Bottom Edges
The Bottom Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the bottom edges of the
selected components.

Break
The Break command temporarily suspends execution of the target program and returns
control to the debugger.
See also: “Stop”.

Break on C++ Exception

The Break on C++ Exception command tells the debugger to break at __throw() each
time a C++ exception occurs.

Break on Java Exceptions

The Break on Java Exceptions command reveals the Java Exceptions submenu.
See also:
• “Exceptions in Targeted Classes”

Bring To Front
The Bring To Front command moves the selected objects so that they are displayed in
front of all other objects.

Bring Up To Date
The Bring Up To Date command updates the current build target in the active project by
compiling all of the build target’s modified and touched files.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 271

Menu Commands

Browser Contents
The Browser Contents command opens the Browser Contents window. This command is
not available if the Enable Browser option is not activated.

Build Progress or Build Progress Window

These commands open the Build Progress window. Use it to monitor the IDE’s status as it
compiles a project.

Cascade
The Cascade command arranges open editor windows one on top of another, with their
window titles visible.

Check Syntax
The Check Syntax command checks the syntax of the source file in the active Editor
window or the selected files in the open project window. If the IDE detects one or more
errors, a Message window appears and shows information about the errors.
The Check Syntax command is not available if the active Editor window is empty or no
project file is open.
Check Syntax does not generate object code.
Press Esc key to abort the syntax-checking process.

Class Browser
The Class Browser command opens a Class Browser window. This command is
unavailable if the Enable Browser option is not enabled.

Class Hierarchy or Class Hierarchy Window

These commands open a Multi-Class Browser window. This command is unavailable if
the Enable Browser option is not enabled.

272 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Clear
The Clear command removes the selected text. This menu command is equivalent to
pressing the Backspace or Delete key.

Clear Floating Toolbar

The Clear Floating Toolbar command removes all shortcut icons from the floating
toolbar. Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands and Key
Bindings window to the toolbar to create a custom floating toolbar.

Clear Main Toolbar

The Clear Main Toolbar command removes all shortcut icons from the main toolbar.
Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands and Key Bindings
window to the toolbar to create a custom main toolbar.

Clear Window Toolbar

The Clear Window Toolbar command removes all shortcut icons from the window
toolbar. Once the toolbar is cleared, drag shortcut icons from the Commands and Key
Bindings window to the toolbar to create a custom window toolbar.

Close
The Close command closes the active window.

Close All
The Close All command closes all open windows of a certain type. The name of this menu
command changes, based on the type of item selected. For example, select one of several
open editor windows, the menu command changes its name to Close All Editor
Documents.

Close Catalog
The Close Catalog command closes the current catalog and removes the catalog from the
Component Catalog window and the Component Palette.

Close Workspace
This command closes the current workspace.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 273

Menu Commands

You cannot close the default workspace, but you can choose whether to use it by toggling
the Use default workspace option in the IDE Extras preference panel.

Commands & Key Bindings

The Commands and Key Bindings command opens the Customize IDE Commands
window.

Complete Code
The Complete Code command opens the Code Completion window. Use this window to
help you automatically complete programming-language symbols as you type them in the
active editor window.

CodeWarrior Glossary
The CodeWarrior Glossary command opens and displays a list of vocabulary terms used
by the CodeWarrior manuals and online help.

CodeWarrior Help
This command opens the online help for the CodeWarrior IDE.

Collapse Window
The Collapse Window command collapses the active window so that only its title is
visible.

Compare Files
The Compare Files command opens the Compare Files Setup window. Use it to choose
two files or folders for comparison and merging. After choosing the items, a comparison
window appears that shows differences between the items.

Compile
The Compile command compiles selected source files into binary files. The IDE compiles
source files that are:
• part of the current project and open in the active Editor window, or
• selected files, segments, or groups in a project window.

274 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Copy
The Copy command copies selected text to the system Clipboard. If the Message Window
is active, the Copy command copies all text in the Message Window to the Clipboard.

Copy to Expression
The Copy to Expression command copies the variable selected in the active pane to the
Expressions window.

Create Design
This command creates a new design in the current project. The new design appears in the
Design tab of the project window. You cannot create a design if each build target in the
project already belongs to a design.

Create Group
The Create Group command creates a new group in the current project. This command is
active when the Files view is visible in the project window.

Create Target
The Create Target command creates a new build target in the current project. This
command is active when the Targets view is visible in the project window.

Cut
The Cut command copies the selected text to the system Clipboard, replacing the previous
Clipboard contents, and removes it from the current document or text box.

Delete
The Delete command removes selected text without placing it on the system clipboard.
This menu command is equivalent to pressing the Backspace or Delete key.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 275

Menu Commands

Disassemble
The Disassemble command disassembles the compiled source files selected in the project
window. After disassembling a file, the IDE creates a .dump file that contains the file’s
object code. The .dump file appears in a new window after the IDE completes the
disassembly process.

Display Grid
The Display Grid command toggles the visibility of grid lines in the layout window.
When checked, the grid lines appear, otherwise, no grid is visible.

Enter Find String

The Enter Find String command copies selected text in the active window directly into
the target search string. It will then appear in the Find text box of both the Find and
Replace and Find in Files windows. Once done, use any of the find commands to search
for matches without opening any Find-related windows.

Enter Replace String

The Enter Replace String command copies the selected text in the active window
directly into the target search string. It will then appear in the Replace with text box of
both the Find and Replace and Find in Files windows. Once done, use any of the find
commands to search for matches without opening any Find-related windows.

Errors & Warnings or Errors & Warnings Window

These commands open the Errors and Warnings window.

Exceptions in Targeted Classes

The Exceptions in Targeted Classes command of the Java submenu instructs the
debugger to break on exceptions thrown by your own classes in the project. Choose this
command to break on exceptions thrown by your classes, rather than exceptions that Java
programs throw in the normal course of execution.

276 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Exit
The Exit command exits the CodeWarrior IDE immediately, provided that:
• all changes to the open editor files are already saved, or
• the open editor files are not changed.
If a Project window is open, the IDE saves all changes to the project file before exiting. If
an Editor window is open and changes are not saved, the CodeWarrior IDE asks if you
want to save your changes before exiting.

Expand Window
The Expand Window command expands a collapsed window (a window with only its
title visible). Only available when a collapsed window is currently active.

Export Project
The Export Project command exports a CodeWarrior project to a file in XML format.
The IDE prompts for a name and location to save the new XML file.

Find
The Find command opens the Find and Replace window to perform find operations within
the active file.

Find Definition & Reference

The Find Definition & Reference command searches for the definition of the selected
routine name in the active Editor window. Searching starts within the source files
belonging to the open project. If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep sounds.
If the IDE does not find the routine definition within the project files, searching continues,
using the online help system specified in the IDE Extras preference panel.

Find Definition
The Find Definition command searches for the definition of the selected routine name in
the active window. Searching occurs in the source files belonging to the open project. If

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 277

Menu Commands

the IDE finds the definition, the source file that contains the definition appears in an Editor
window, and the routine name appears highlighted.
If the IDE finds more than one definition, a Message window appears warning of multiple
definitions. If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep sounds.

NOTE Select the Activate Browser option in the Build Extras target settings panel
and re-compile the project in order to use the Find Definition command.

Find in Files
The Find in Files command opens the Find in Files window. This window allows you to
perform find-and-replace operations across multiple files using specified search criteria.

Find In Next File

The Find in Next File command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box
string in the next file listed in the Find in Files window.

Find In Previous File

This command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box string in the previous
file listed in the Find in Files window.

Find Next
The Find Next command searches for the next occurrence of the Find text box string in
the active window.

Find and Open File

The Find and Open File command opens the Find and Open File dialog. Enter a
filename, click OK, and the IDE searches the current project access paths as specified in
the Access Paths panel of the Target Settings window.

Find and Open ‘Filename’

The Find and Open ‘Filename’ command opens an existing text file, using the currently
selected text in the Editor window as the filename.

278 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Find Previous
The Find Previous command searches for the previous occurrence of the user defined
string in the active window.

Find Previous Selection

The Find Previous Selection searches for the previous occurrence of the selected text in
the active editor window.

Find Reference
The Find Reference command searches for the definition of the selected routine name in
the active Editor window, using the online help system specified in the IDE Extras
preference panel.
If the IDE does not find a definition, a system beep sounds.

Find and Replace

The Find and Replace command opens the Find and Replace window. Use this window
to perform find-and-replace operations within the active file.

Find Selection
The Find Selection command searches for the next occurrence of the selected text in the
active Editor window.

Get Next Completion

The Get Next Completion command acts as a shortcut that bypasses using the Code
Completion window. Instead of scrolling through the Code Completion window to select
the next symbol from the one currently selected, use this command to insert that next
symbol directly into the active editor window.

Get Previous Completion

The Get Previous Completion command acts as a shortcut that bypasses using the Code
Completion window. Instead of scrolling through the Code Completion window to select

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 279

Menu Commands

the previous symbol from the one currently selected, use this command to insert that
previous symbol directly into the active editor window.

Go Back
The Go Back command returns to the previous view in the CodeWarrior browser.

Go Forward
The Go Forward command moves to the next view in the CodeWarrior Browser (after
you select Go Back command to return to previous view).

Go to Line
The Go to Line command opens the Line Number dialog box. Enter a specific line
number to move the text-insertion point. If the line number specified exceeds the number
of lines in the file, the text-insertion point moves to the last line in the file.

Hide Floating Toolbar

The Hide Floating Toolbar command conceals the IDE’s floating toolbar. After
concealing the floating toolbar, the command changes to Show Floating Toolbar.

Hide Main Toolbar

The Hide Main Toolbar command conceals the IDE’s main toolbar. After concealing the
main toolbar, the command changes to Show Main Toolbar.

Hide Window Toolbar

The Hide Window Toolbar command conceals the toolbar in the active window. After
concealing the window toolbar, the command changes to Show Window Toolbar.

Horizontal Center
The Horizontal Center command of the Align submenu aligns the horizontal centers of
the selected components.

280 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Import Components
The Import Components command imports components from another catalog for use
with the current catalog.

Import Project
The Import Project command imports project files previously saved in a XML file with
the Export Project command.

K-L

Left Edges
The Left Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the left edges of the selected
components.

M-N

Make
The Make command builds the selected project by compiling and linking its modified and
touched files. The results of a successful build depends on the selected project type.

Maximize Window
Windows equivalent of Expand Window.
See also: “Expand Window”

Freescale Website
The Freescale Website command launches a web browser and displays the Freescale web
site.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 281

Menu Commands

Minimize Window
Windows equivalent of Collapse Window.
See also: “Collapse Window”

New
The New command opens the New window. Use the New window to create new projects,
files, components, and objects.

New Class
The New Class command opens the New Class wizard. Use this wizard to help create new
classes in a project.

New Class Browser

The New Class Browser command opens a Browser window. The IDE grays out this
menu command if the CodeWarrior browser is not activated. This menu command is
equivalent to the Class Browser menu command.

New Data Member

The New Data Member command opens the New Data Member wizard. Use this wizard
to help create new data members for a class.

New Event
The New Event command opens the New Event window. Use this window to help create
new events for a selected class in a project.

New Event Set

The New Event Set command opens the New Event Set window to create a new event set
for a selected class in a project.

New Member Function

The New Member Function command opens the New Member Function wizard. Use this
wizard to help create new member functions for a class.

282 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

New Method
The New Method command opens the New Method window. Use this window to create a
new method for a selected class in a project.

New Property
The New Property command opens the New Property window. Use this window to create
a new property for a selected class in a project.

New Text File

The New Text File command creates a new editable text file and opens an editor window.

Open
The Open command opens an existing project or source file.

Open Recent
The Open Recent menu item reveals a submenu of recently opened projects and files.
Choose a file from the submenu to open that item.
If two or more files in the submenu have identical names, the submenu shows the full
paths to those files in order to distinguish between them.

Open Scripts Folder

This command opens the (Scripts) folder. This command is only available if the Use
Scripts menu option is enabled.

Open Workspace
This command opens a workspace file that you previously saved.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 283

Menu Commands

P-Q

Page Setup
The Page Setup command sets the options used for printing CodeWarrior IDE files.

Paste
The Paste command replaces the selected text with contents of the system clipboard into
the active Editor window or text box. If no text is selected, the IDE places the clipboard
contents at the text-insertion point.
The Paste command is unavailable if the Message window is active.

Precompile
The Precompile command precompiles the text file in the active Editor window into a
precompiled header file.

Preferences
The Preferences command opens the IDE Preferences window. Use this window to
change the global preferences used by the CodeWarrior IDE.

Preprocess
This command preprocesses selected source files in any language that has a preprocessor,
such as C, C++, and Java.

Print
The Print command prints CodeWarrior IDE files, as well as Project, Message, and Errors
and Warnings window contents.

Project Inspector
Opens the Project Inspector window so that you can view information about your project.
You can also use this window to manipulate file-specific information.

284 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Redo
After undoing an operation, you can redo it. For example, after choosing the Undo
Typing command to remove some text that you typed, you can choose Redo Typing to
override the undo and restore the text.
You can enable the Use multiple undo option in the Editor Settings preference panel to
allow greater flexibility with regard to Undo and Redo operations. After enabling this
option, you can choose Undo multiple times to undo multiple actions, and you can Redo
multiple times to redo multiple actions.

Refresh All Data

This command updates the data that appears in all windows.

Remove Object Code

The Remove Object Code command shows the Remove Object Code dialog box. Use
this dialog box to remove binary object code from the active project, or to mark the
project’s files for re-compilation.

Remove Object Code & Compact

This command removes all binaries from the project and compacts it. Compacting the
project removes all binary and debugging information and retains only the information
regarding the files that belong to the project and project settings.

Remove Selected Items

The Remove Selected Items command removes the currently selected items from the
Project window.

CAUTION You cannot undo this command.

Replace
The Replace command opens the Find and Replace dialog box. Use this dialog box to
perform find-and-replace operations within the active file.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 285

Menu Commands

Replace All
The Replace All command finds all occurrences of the Find string and replaces them with
the Replace string. If no text is selected in the active Editor window and there is no text in
the Find text box, the IDE dims this menu command.

Replace and Find Next

This command substitutes selected text with text in the Replace text box of the Find
window, and then performs a Find Next operation. If no text is selected in the active
Editor window and there is no text in the Find field of the Find window, the IDE grays out
this menu command.

Replace and Find Previous

This command substitutes selected text with the text in the Replace text box of the Find
window, and then performs a Find Previous operation. If no text is selected in the active
Editor window and there is no text in the Find field of the Find window, the IDE grays out
this menu command.

Replace Selection
The Replace Selection command substitutes the selected text in the active window with
the text in the Replace text box of the Find window. If no text is selected in the active
Editor window, the IDE grays out the menu command.
This menu command replaces one instance of a text string without having to open the Find
window. Suppose that you replaced all occurrences of the variable icount with
jcount. While scrolling through your source code, you notice an instance of the variable
icount misspelled as icont. To replace this misspelled variable with jcount, select
icont and the Replace Selection menu command.

Re-search for Files

The Project > Re-search for Files command speeds up builds and other project
operations, the IDE caches the location of project files after finding them in the access
paths. Re-search for Files forces the IDE to forget the cached locations and re-search for
them in the access paths. This command is useful if you moved several files and you want
the IDE to find the files in their new locations.
If the Save project entries using relative paths option is enabled, the IDE does not reset
the relative-path information stored with each project entry, so re-searching for files finds
the source files in the same location (the exception is if the file no longer exists in the old
location). In this case, the IDE only re-searches for header files. To force the IDE to also

286 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

re-search for source files, choose the Project > Reset Project Entry Paths menu
command.
If the Save project entries using relative paths option is disabled, the IDE re-searches
for both header files and source files.

Reset
The Reset command resets the program and returns control to the IDE.

Reset Floating Toolbar

The Reset Floating Toolbar command restores the default state of the floating toolbar.
Use this command to return the floating toolbar to its original default settings.

Reset Main Toolbar

The Reset Main Toolbar command restores the default state of the main toolbar. Use this
command to return the main toolbar to its original default settings.

Reset Project Entry Paths

The Reset Project Entry Paths command resets the location information stored with each
project entry and forces the IDE to re-search for the project entries in the access paths.
This command does nothing if the Save project entries using relative paths option is
disabled.

Reset Window Toolbar

The Reset Window Toolbar command restores the default state of the toolbar in the
active window. Use this command to return the toolbar to its original default settings.

Resize
The Resize command reveals the Resize submenu.
See also:
• “To Largest Height”
• “To Largest Width”
• “To Smallest Height”
• “To Smallest Width”

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 287

Menu Commands

Restart
The Restart command terminates the current debugging session, then starts a new
debugging session.

Restore Window
The Restore Window command restores a minimized window (a window reduced to an
item in the task bar).

Revert
The Revert command restores the last saved version of the active Editor window.

Right Edges
The Right Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the right edges of the selected
components.

Save
The Save command saves the contents of the active window to disk.

Save A Copy As
The Save A Copy As command saves the active window to a separate file. This command
operates in different ways, depending on the active window.

Save All
The Save All command saves all currently open editor files.

Save As
The Save As command saves the contents of the active window to disk under a different
name.

288 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Save Default Window

This command saves the window settings, such as position and size, of the active Browser
or Search Results window. The IDE applies the saved settings to subsequently opened
windows.

Save Workspace
This command saves the current state of onscreen windows and recent items. Use the
dialog box that appears to name the workspace and navigate to a location in which to store
the workspace file.

Save Workspace As
This command saves a copy of an existing workspace. Use this command to save the
workspace under a different name.

Select All
The Select All command selects all text in the active window or text box. This command
is usually used in conjunction with other Edit menu commands such as Cut, Copy, and
Clear.

Send To Back
The Send To Back command moves the selected window behind all other windows.

Set Default Project

The Set Default Project command sets a particular project as the default project when
more than one project is open. This is the project that all commands are directed.

Set Default Target

The Set Default Target command allows you to specify a different build target within the
current project. Choose the build target to work with from the submenu. This menu
command is useful for switching between multiple build targets in a project and
performing a build for each target.

Shift Left
The Shift Left command shifts the selected source code one tab to the left. The amount of
shift is controlled by the Tab Size option.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 289

Menu Commands

Shift Right
The Shift Right command shifts the selected source code one tab to the right. The amount
of shift is controlled by the Tab Size option.

Show Floating Toolbar

The Show Floating Toolbar command displays the IDE’s floating toolbar. After
displaying the floating toolbar, the command changes to Hide Floating Toolbar.

Show Main Toolbar

The Show Main Toolbar command displays the IDE’s main toolbar. After displaying the
main toolbar, the command changes to Hide Main Toolbar.

Show Types
The Show Types command displays the data types of all local and global variables that
appear in the active variable pane or variable window.

Show Window Toolbar

The Show Window Toolbar command displays the toolbar in the active window. After
displaying the window toolbar, the command changes to Hide Window Toolbar.

Stack Editor Windows

The Stack Editor Windows command arranges open editor windows one on top of
another, with their window titles visible.

Stop
This command temporarily suspends execution of the target program.

Stop Build
The Stop Build command halts the build currently in progress.

Switch to Monitor
This command transfers control from the CodeWarrior debugger to an external third-party
debugger.

290 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Synchronize Modification Dates

The Synchronize Modification Dates command updates the modification dates stored in
the project file. The IDE checks the modification date of each file in the project and marks
(for recompiling) those files modified since the last successful compile process.

T-U

Target Settings
The Target Settings command displays the Target Settings window. This window
contains settings panels used by the active build target. The name of the menu command
changes, based on the name of the current build target. For example, if the name of the
current build target is ReleaseTarget, the name of the menu command changes to
ReleaseTarget Settings.

Tile Editor Windows

The Tile Editor Windows command arranges and resizes all open editor windows so that
none overlap on the monitor.

Figure 23.1 Tile Editor windows—example

Tile Editor Windows Vertically

The Tile Editor Windows Vertically command resizes all open editor windows to be
vertically long, and arranged horizontally across the monitor so that all are viewable.

Tile Horizontally
This command arranges open editor windows horizontally so that none overlap.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 291

Menu Commands

Figure 23.2 Tile horizontally—example

Tile Vertically
This command resizes open editor windows vertically and arranges them so that none
overlap.

Figure 23.3 Tile vertically—example

To Grid
The To Grid command of the Align submenu aligns selected components to a grid in the
layout. You can display or hide the on screen grid.

To Largest Height
The To Largest Height command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected components
to match the height of the component with the largest height.

To Largest Width
The To Largest Width command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected components
to match the width of the component with the largest width.

292 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

Toolbars
The Toolbars command reveals the Toolbars submenu.
See also:
• “Show Window Toolbar”
• “Hide Window Toolbar”
• “Reset Window Toolbar”
• “Clear Window Toolbar”
• “Show Main Toolbar”
• “Hide Main Toolbar”
• “Reset Main Toolbar”
• “Clear Main Toolbar”
• “Hide Floating Toolbar”
• “Show Floating Toolbar”
• “Reset Floating Toolbar”
• “Clear Floating Toolbar”

Top Edges
The Top Edges command of the Align submenu aligns the top edges of the selected
components.

To Smallest Height
The To Smallest Height command of the Resize submenu resizes the selected
components to match the height of the component with the smallest height.

To Smallest Width
The To Smallest Width command of the Resize submenu resizes selected components to
match the width of the component with the smallest width.

Unanchor Floating Toolbar

The Unanchor Floating Toolbar command detaches the floating toolbar from beneath
the menu bar.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 293

Menu Commands

Unapply Difference
The Unapply Difference command reverses the action of the Apply Difference
command in a file-comparison window.

Undo
The Undo command reverses the last action. The name of this menu command changes
based upon the editor settings as well as the most recent action. For example, after typing
text in an open Editor window, the Undo command changes its name to Undo Typing.
Choose the Undo Typing command to remove the typed text.
By default, only one undo or redo action is allowed. If the Use multiple undo option is
enabled, undo and redo can act upon multiple actions.

Ungroup
The Ungroup command separates a selected group so that you can move each component
independently.

V-Z

Version Control Settings

The Version Control Settings command opens the VCS Settings window.

Vertical Center
The Vertical Center command of the Align submenu aligns the vertical centers of the
selected components.

View As Default
The View As Default command displays the selected variable in its default format, based
on the variable’s type.

View As Hexadecimal
The View As Hexadecimal command displays the selected variable as a hexadecimal
value.

294 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Menu Commands

View Disassembly
This command changes the data view to show language disassembly.

View Memory
The View Memory command displays the contents of memory as a hexadecimal/ASCII
character dump.

View Memory As
The View Memory As command displays the memory that a selected variable occupies or
the memory to which a selected register points.

View Mixed
This command changes the data view to show source code intermixed with assembly
code.

View Raw Data

This command changes the data view to show raw data (instead of formatting that data as
source code, disassembly, or another format).

View Source
This command changes the data view to show source code.

View Variable
The View Variable command creates a separate window to display a selected variable.

Zoom Window
The Zoom Window command expands the active window to its previously set size.
Choose Zoom Window a second time to return the window to its original size.

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 295

Menu Commands

296 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

Index
A Add Window menu command 269
About Advanced topics
CodeWarrior menu command 269 for projects 34
Dockable windows 59 Align submenu 270, 271, 280, 281, 288, 292, 293,
Files page in Project window 41 294
Markers 96 Horizontal Center command 280
Projects 25 Left Edges command 281
Workspaces 67 Vertical Center command 288, 292, 293, 294
Absolute Path option All Exceptions command 270
in Source Trees preference panel 254 All Info option, in Plug-in Diagnostics 247
in Type list box 254 All Text option button 100, 103, 106
Abstract, icon for 146 Alphabetical sorting of Functions list pop-up 94,
Access Filter display 148 95
Access Paths Always Search User Paths option 234
Settings panel 202, 222 Ancestor pop-up 150
Columns Anchor Floating Toolbar command 270
Recursive Search 224 Appears
Search Status 224 in Menus 180
Options Appears in Menus 179
Add 223 Appears in Menus checkbox 117
Add Default 223 Application field 234
Always Search User Paths 223 Apply button 126
Change 223 Apply Difference command 126, 270, 294
Host Flags 223 Arguments field 234
Remove 223 Assigning Quote Key prefix 193
System Paths 253 Attempt To Use Dynamic Type of C++, Object
User Paths 256 Pascal and SOM Objects option 234
Action option 179 Auto Indent option 234
Activate Automatic code completion 84 Auto Repeat command 179
Activate Browser Coloring option 233 Auto Target Libraries option 234
in Text Colors panel 244 Auto-complete code 83
Activate Browser Option Automatic Invocation option 235
in Build Extras panel 278
Activate Syntax Coloring option 233, 237 B
in Text Colors panel 244, 246, 252 Background option 235
Add button 223 Background, desktop
Add Default button 233 Removing from behind IDE 255
Add Files Seeing behind IDE 255
Button 113 Balance Flash Delay option 235
Menu command 269 Editor Settings panel 236
Add Gray background behind IDE 255 Balance menu command 271
Add source trees 205 Balance punctuation 82

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 297

 Toggling 82 Viewing data by inheritance 150
Balance While Typing option 235 Wizard 157
Balloon Help 240 Working with 133
Base Classes field 160 Browser Contents 140
Bottom Edges command 271 Command 272
Boxes Browser Contents Window 152
Destination 122 Symbols list 153
Pane Collapse 128 Build Before Running option 236
Pane Expand 128 Build Extras panel options
Source 122 Initial Directory field 245
Break menu command 271 Use modification date caching 255
Break on C++ Exception menu command 271 Build Extras settings panel 225
Break on Java Exceptions command 271 Options
Bring To Front menu command 271 Application 226
Bring Up To Date menu command 48, 243, 271 Arguments 226
Browse button 107 Cache Subprojects 225
Browser Dump internal browse information after
Access Filters 140 compile 225
Activate Coloring 215 Generate Browser Data From 225
Activate Coloring option 244 Initial directory 226
Class Browser window 139 Build Extras target settings panel 278
Classes pane 144 Build Progress menu command 272
Collapsing panes 144 Build Progress Window menu command 272
Commands 211 Build Settings panel options
Commands option 236 Include file cache 245
Editor Settings panel 246 Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ &
Creating ‘Make’ 248
New classes 145, 157, 158 Save open files before build 250
New data members 164 Show message after building up-to-date
New member functions 161, 162, 163 project 252
Database defined 133 Success 253
Expanding panes 143 Use Local Project Data Storage 255
Hierarchy windows 150 Build Settings preference panel 197
Member Functions pane 146 Options
Menu 236 Build before running 198
Navigating data 136 Compiler thread stack 198
Overview 21 Save open files before build 198
Path option 236 Show message after building up-to-date
Printing class hierarchies 151 project 198
Purpose of 133 Use Local Project Data Storage 198
Setting options 133 Build system overview 21
Source pane 147 Build targets 27
Status area 148 Configuring 51
Viewing data by contents 153 Creating 49

298 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Management 46 C
Managing 49 Caching
Moving 47 #include files 245
Removing 46, 50 Precompiled headers 245
Renaming 48, 50 Can’t Redo menu command 263
Setting default 50 Can’t Undo menu command 263
Strategies for 37 Cancel button 100, 102
Buttons Cancel button, in Remove Markers window 96
Add 223 Cascade menu command 272
Add Default 233 Case sensitive
Add Files 113 Checkbox 100, 102, 106, 122
Apply 126 Option 236
Browse 107 Change button 223
Cancel 100, 102 Changing
Change 223 Find strings 117
Clear List 113 Line views in a hierarchical window 151
Compare 123 Source trees 206
Delete 185 Check Syntax command 272
Edit 215 Checkbox
Export 191 Appears in Menus 117
Export Panel 240 Case sensitive 100, 102, 106, 122
Factory Settings 243 Compare Text File Contents 123
Find 100, 102, 105 Ignore extra space 122
Find All 100, 105 Match whole word 100, 102, 105
Import 192 Numeric Keypad Bindings 190
Installed Products 269 Only show different files 123
New Binding 190 Project headers 109
Next Result 116 Project sources 109
Previous Result 115 Regular expression 100, 103, 106
Redo 126 Search cached sub-targets 109
Remove 223 Search selection only 100, 103
Remove a Set 113 Search sub-folders 107
Replace 102, 105 Search up 100, 103
Replace All 102, 105 Stop at end of file 100, 103
Resetting in toolbars 189 System headers 109
Save 185 Checkout Status column
Save this Set 113 in Files view of Project window 42
Stop 105, 115 Child windows, defined 59
Unapply 126 Choosing
Undo 126 a default project 33
Warnings 115 Linkers 173
By Type text/list box 107 One character from many in regular
expressions 120
Class

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 299

 Creating 145, 157, 158 Close Catalog menu command 273
Data viewing from hierarchy windows 143 Close Workspace menu command 273
Declaration 148 Closing
Hierarchy 140 All files 56
Hierarchy menu command 272 Dockable windows 66
Hierarchy Window menu command 272 Files 56
Hierarchy windows Workspaces 69
Purpose of 149 Code
Working with 149 Adding markers to 97
Class Browser Completing 83
Menu command 272 Locating 93
Purpose of windows 139 Navigating 93
Working with windows 139 Code column
Class Browser window 139 in Files view of Project window 42
Classes pane 141 Code Completion 83
Data members Activating automatic behavior 84
Pane 141 Configuration 84
Member Functions pane 141 Deactivating automatic behavior 85
Status area 141 Delay option 237
Classes for data members 89
Hiding pane for 145 for parameter lists 90
Option 215 Navigating window 88
Showing pane for 145 Preference panel 207
Sorting list of 146 Options
Classes pane 144 Automatic Invocation 207
in Class Browser window 141 Case sensitive 208
classes.zip 270 Code Completion Delay 208
Clear Floating Toolbar command in Toolbar Display deprecated items 207
submenu 273 Window follows insertion
Clear List button 113 point 207
Clear Main Toolbar menu command 273 Selecting items 89
Clear menu command 273 Triggering by keyboard 85
Clear Window Toolbar command in Toolbar Triggering from IDE menu bar 84
submenu 273 Window 86
Client area, defined 59 Code Formatting preference panel 208
Clone Existing Target option 49 Options
Close Close Braces, Brackets, and
Command 34, 56 Parentheses 210
Menu command 273 Format Braces 209
Projects 34 Indent Braces 209
Close All Indent Case Within Switch
Command 56 Statement 210
Menu command 273 Indent Code Within Braces 209
Close All Editor Documents menu command 273 Language Settings 209

300 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Place Else On Same Line As Closing Browser Contents 140, 272
Brace 209 Build Progress 272
Place Opening Brace On Separate Build Progress Window 272
Line 209 Can’t Redo 263
Use Automatic Code Formatting 209 Can’t Undo 263
Code Only option button 101, 103, 106 Cascade 272
CodeWarrior Check Syntax 272
Glossary command 274 Class Browser 272
Help menu command 274 Class Declaration 148
Menu reference 261 Class Hierarchy 140, 272
Overview 17 Class Hierarchy Window 272
CodeWarrior IDE Clear 273
Edit menu 263 Clear Main Toolbar 273
File menu 261 Close 34, 273
Help menu 268 Close All 273
Project menu 266 Close All Editor Documents 273
Search menu 265 Close Catalog 273
Window menu 264, 268 Close Workspace 273
CodeWarriorU.com 14 CodeWarrior Glossary 274
Collapse CodeWarrior Help 274
Browser panes 144 Collapse Window 274
Dockable windows 66 Commands & Key Bindings 274
Non-debugging Windows option 237 Compare Files 123, 274
Window menu command 274 Compile 274
COM 238 Complete Code 274
Command Actions Copy 275
Arguments 181 Copy To Expression 275
Defining (Windows) 181 Create Design 275
Directory 181 Create Group 275
Execute 181 Create Target 275
Command Group 185 Cut 275
Delete 185 Delete 275
Commands 146 Diagonal Line 151
About CodeWarrior 269 Disassemble 276
Add Files 269 Display Grid 276
Add Window 269 Enter Find String 117, 276
Apply Difference 126, 270 Enter Replace String 276
Balance 271 Errors and Warnings 276
Bottom Edges 271 Errors and Warnings Window 276
Break 271 Exit 277
Break On C++ Exception 271 Expand Window 277
Break on Java Exceptions 271 Export Project 34, 277, 281
Bring To Front 271 Find 101, 277
Bring Up To Date 271 Find and Open ‘Filename’ 278

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 301

 Find and Open File 278 Page Setup 284
Find And Replace 279 Pane Collapse 144
Find Definition 277 Pane Expand 143
Find Definition & Reference 277 Precompile 284
Find In Files 278 Preferences 284
Find In Next File 278 Print 284
Find In Previous File 278 Project Inspector 33
Find Next 116, 278 Redo 285
Find Previous 117, 279 Refresh All Data 285
Find Previous Selection 279 Remove Object Code 285
Find Reference 279 Remove Object Code & Compact 285
Find Selection 117, 279 Remove Toolbar Item 188
Freescale Website 281 Replace 103, 285, 286
Get Next Completion 279 Replace All 286
Get Previous Completion 279 Replace and Find Next 286
Go Back 140, 280 Revert 288
Go Forward 140, 280 Save Default Window 289
Go To Line 280 Save Workspace 289
Hide Classes 145 Save Workspace As 289
Hide Classes pane 148 Select All 289
Hide Window Toolbar 280 Send To Back 289
Import 192 Set Default Project 33, 289
Import Components 281 Set Default Target 289
Import Project 34, 281 Shift Right 289, 290
Make 281 Show Classes 145
Maximize Window 281 Show Classes pane 148
Minimize Window 282 Show Inherited 141
Modify 179 Show private 142
New 282 Show protected 142
New Class 282 Show public 142
New Class Browser 282 Show Types 290
New Data Member 282 Show Window Toolbar 280
New Event 282 Single Class Hierarchy Window 140
New Event Set 282 Sort Alphabetical 145, 146
New Item 145 Sort Hierarchical 145
New Member Function 282 Stack Editor Windows 290
New Method 283 Stop Build 290
New Property 283 Straight Line 151
New Text File 283 Switch To Monitor 290
Open 283 Synchronize Modification Dates 291
Open File 148 Unapply Difference 127
Open Recent 283 View as implementor 142
Open Scripts Folder 283 View as subclass 142
Open Workspace 283 View As Unsigned Decimal 294

302 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 View as user 142 Option, in Generate Browser Data From
View Disassembly 295 menu 244
View Mixed 295 Thread stack
View Source 295 and avoiding compiler crashes 237
View Variable 295 Thread Stack field 237
Zoom Window 295 Complete Code menu command 274
Commands & Key Bindings menu command 274 Completing code 83
Commands tab 177, 179, 189 Component Object Model (COM) 238
Commands&KeyBindings.mkb file 191, 192 Concurrent Compiles option 249
Comments Only option button 101, 103, 106 Concurrent Compiles panel options
Comments option 237 Use Concurrent Compiles 249
Compare button 123 User Specified 257
Compare Files Concurrent Compiles preference panel 198
Command 123 Recommended 199
Menu command 274 Use Concurrent Compiles 199
Setup window 121 User Specified 199
Case Sensitive checkbox 122 Configuring
Compare button 123 Build targets 51
Compare Text File Contents Code completion 84
checkbox 123 Targets 51
Destination box 122 Confirm Invalid File Modification Dates When
Ignore Extra Space checkbox 122 Debugging option 238
Only Show Different Files Constants option 215
checkbox 123 Context Popup Delay option 238
Source box 122 Contextual menus
Compare Text File Contents checkbox 123 Using to dock a window 62
Comparing files Conventions
Differences, applying 126 Figures 15
Differences, unapplying 127 for manual 15
Explained 124 Keyboard shortcuts 15
Overview 121 Copy menu command 275
Setup 121, 123 Copy To Expression command 275
Comparing folders Create
Examining results 129 Build targets 49
Explained 127 Custom project stationery 35
Overview 121 Design menu command 275
Setup 121, 124 Files (Windows) 53
Comparison Group menu command 275
Destination item 121 Member functions 146
Source item 121 New classes 145, 157, 158
Compile menu command 274 New data member 147, 163
Compiler New data members 164
Avoiding crashes 237 New member function 161
Option 237 New member functions 162

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 303

 Projects using stationery 31 Size and position of windows, setting 289
Subprojects 36 Target, setting 50
Target command 49 Workspace
Target menu command 275 Definition of 67
Targets 49 Option 254
Cross-platform migration, and opening Using 67
projects 32 Definition
Current Target of child windows 59
List pop-up 40 of client area 59
Menu 188 of default workspace 67
Custom project stationery 35 of docking 59
Customize IDE Commands window 117, 177, of IDE 13
189, 190 of non-modal 61
Action 179 of project 25
Appears in Menus 179, 180 of regular expression 118
Appears in Menus checkbox 117 of symbols 98
Auto Repeat 179 of touch 42
Key Bindings 179 of workspace 67
Name field 179 Delete menu command 275
New Binding 179 Design view 33, 47
New Group 179 Desktop background
Numeric Keypad Bindings checkbox 193 Removing from behind IDE 255
Cut command 275 Seeing behind IDE 255
CVS 203 Destination
Box 122
D Item, for comparison 121
Data column Pane 125
in Files view of Project window 42 Development-process cycle for software 17
Data members Diagnostics
Completing code 89 Disabling for plug-ins 269
Creating 147, 164 Enabling for plug-ins 269
Identifier icons 146 Diagonal Line 151
Pane 147 Differences pane 126
in Class Browser window 141 Disable Plug-in diagnostics 269
Database navigation for browser 136 Disable Third Party COM Plugins option 238
Deactivating automatic code completion 85 Disassemble menu command 276
Debug column in Files view of Project Disclosure triangles Source Code pane 116
window 42 Display Deprecated Items option 238
Debug command 48 Display Grid menu command 276
Debugger Overview 21 DLL 234
Declaration File field 158 Do Nothing option 238
Default Do Nothing To Project Windows option 239
Filename extensions 241 Dock bars 65
Projects 33 Dockable windows 59

304 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 About 59 Insert Template Commands 246
Closing 66 Left margin click selects line 247
Collapsing 66 Project Commands 249
Dock bars 65 Relaxed C popup parsing 250
Expanding 66 Selection position 251
Moving 66 Sort function popup 252
Suppressing 65 Use multiple undo 256
Turning off 65 VCS Commands 257
Types 60 Window position and size 258
Working with 61 Editor Settings preference panel 210
Docking Options
a window 62 Balance Flash Delay 212
Defined 59 Balance while typing 211
Window by using drag and drop 62 Browser Commands 211
Windows of the same kind 62 Default file format 212
Document Settings list pop-up 76 Drag and drop editing 211
Documents option Edit Commands 211
IDE Extras panel 239 Enable Virtual Space 211
Done button, in Remove Markers window 96 Font preferences 211
Drag and drop Left margin click selects line 211
Editing option 239 Project Commands 211
Using to dock a window 62 Relaxed C popup parsing 211
Dump Internal Browse Information After Selection position 211
Compile option 239 Sort function popup 211
Dump memory 295 Use multiple undo 211
VCS Commands 211
E Window position and size 211
Edit Editor toolbar 75
Button 215 Editor window 73
Menu 239, 263 Adding panes to 78
Edit Commands option 239 Collapsing toolbar in 75
Edit Language option 239 Expanding toolbar in 75
Editing Line and column indicator 78
Source code 79 Other 77
Symbols, shortcuts for 81 Pane splitter controls 78
Editor 73 Removing panes from 78
Overview 20 Resizing panes 78
Third-party support 256 Selecting text in 79
Editor section, of IDE preference panels 206 Text editing area 77
Editor Settings panel Emacs text editor 247
Options Empty Target option 49
Balance Flash Delay 236 Enable Automatic Toolbar Help option 240
Browser Commands 246 Enable Browser option 272
Font Preferences 244 Enable Virtual Space option 240

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 305

Enabling plug-in diagnostics 269 Declaration File 158
Enlarging panes, in browser 143 Extension 240
Enter Find String File Type 243
Command 117 Relative to class 158
Menu command 276 Figure conventions 15
Enter Replace String menu command 276 File Column
Enums option 215 in Files view of Project window 42
Environment Settings option 240 %file command-line string 247
Environment Variable option File Commands&KeyBindings.mkb 191, 192
in Type pop-up menu 254 File Compare Results window 124
of Source Trees preference panel 254 Apply button 126
Errors and Warnings menu command 276 Destination pane 125
Errors and Warnings Window menu Differences pane 126
command 276 Pane resize bar 126
Errors Only option Redo button 126
of Plug-in Diagnostics 247 Source pane 125
Exceptions In Targeted Classes command in Java Unapply button 126
Exceptions submenu 276 Undo button 126
Exit menu command 277 File list 109
Expand Window menu command 277 File Management 46
Expanding File Mappings list 237
Browser panes 143 File Mappings Settings panel 226
Dockable windows 66 Options
Export 191 Add 227
Export Panel button 178, 196, 240 Change 228
Export Project Compiler 227
Command 34 Edit Language 227
Menu command 277, 281 Extension 227
to XML files 34 File Mappings list 227
Extension field 240 File Type 227
External Editor Flags 227
Option 254 Ignored By Make flag 227
Support 256 Launchable flag 227
Precompiled File flag 227
F Remove 228
Factory Settings button 243 Resource File flag 227
Failure option 243 File menu 261
FDI 201, 255 File Modification icon 77
and dockable windows 59 File Paths, viewing 43
Fields File Set list 113
Application 234 Box 113
Arguments 234 File Type
Base Classes 160 Field 243
Compiler thread stack 237 Option 237

306 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

Filename extensions, default settings 241 by text selection 116
Files Command 277
Close all 56 Menu command 101
Closing 56 Single-file 99
Comparing 124 Text/list box 105
Creating (Windows) 53 Find All button 100, 105
Destination (for a comparison) 121 Find and compare operations option
Inspecting 33 Shielded Folders panel 243
Moving 47 Find and Open ‘Filename’ menu command 278
Opening 54 Find and Open File
Print selections 57 Menu command 278
Printing 56 Find and Replace
Renaming 47 Menu command 279
Replacing text in 103 Multiple-file 104
Reverting 57 Single-file 101
Save all 55 Find and Replace window
Saving 55 All Text option button 103
Saving copies 55 Cancel button 102
Searching (multiple) 113 Case Sensitive checkbox 102
Searching (single) 101 Code Only option button 103
Source (for a comparison) 121 Comments Only option button 103
Tasks for managing 53 Find button 102
Touching 48 Find text/list box 102
Touching all 48 Match Whole Word checkbox 102
Untouching 48 Regular Expression checkbox 103
Untouching all 49 Replace All button 102
Working with 53 Replace button 102
Files In Both Folders pane 128 Replace With text/list box 102
Files Only In Destination pane 129 Search Selection Only checkbox 103
Files Only In Source pane 128 Search Up checkbox 103
Files page, about 41 Stop At End Of File checkbox 103
Files tab 46 Find Definition & Reference menu command 277
Files view 33, 47, 49 Find Definition menu command 277
Checkout Status column 42 Find In Files menu command 278
Code column 42 Find in Files window
Data column 42 All Text option button 106
Debug column 42 Case Sensitive checkbox 106
File column 42 Code Only option button 106
Interfaces list pop-up 42 Comments Only option button 106
Sort Order button 42 Find All button 105
Target column 42 Find button 105
Touch column 42 Find text/list box 105
Find In Files page 112, 113
Button 100, 102, 105 Add Files button 113

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 307

 Clear List button 113 Find Previous Selection menu command 279
File Set list 113 Find Reference
File Set list box 113 Menu command 279
Remove A Set button 113 using option
Save this Set button 113 IDE Extras panel 243
In Files tab 106 Find Selection
In Folders page 106, 107 Command 117
Browse button 107 Menu command 279
By Type text/list box 107 Find symbols
Search In text/list box 107 with prefix 81
Search Sub-Folders checkbox 107 with substring 82
In Folders tab 106 Find Text/list box 100, 102
In Projects page 108, 109 Find window
File list 109 All Text option button 100
Project Headers checkbox 109 Cancel button 100
Project list box 109 Case Sensitive checkbox 100
Project Sources checkbox 109 Code Only option button 101
Search Cached Sub-Targets Comments Only option button 101
checkbox 109 Find All button 100
System Headers checkbox 109 Find button 100
Target list box 109 Find text/list box 100
In Projects tab 106 Match Whole Word checkbox 100
In Symbolics page 110, 111 Regular Expression checkbox 100
Symbolics list 111 Search Selection Only checkbox 100
Symbolics list box 111 Search Up checkbox 100
In Symbolics tab 106 Stop At End Of File checkbox 100
Match Whole Word checkbox 105 Finding text
Regular Expression checkbox 106 Overview 99
Replace All button 105 Flags pop-up menu 227
Replace button 105 Ignored By Make flag 227
Replace With text/list box 105 Launchable flag 227
Stop button 105 Precompiled File flag 227
Find In Next File menu command 278 Resource File flag 227
Find In Previous File menu command 278 Floating a window 64
Find Next Floating Document Interface (FDI) 201, 255
Command 116 Floating window type 60
Menu command 278 Focus bar 47
Using 116 Folder Compare Results window 127
Find Previous Files In Both Folders pane 128
Command 117 Files Only In Destination pane 129
Enabling in the Customize IDE Files Only In Source pane 128
Commands window 117 Pane Collapse box 128
Menu command 279 Pane Expand box 128
Using 117 Pane resize bar 128

308 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Selected Item group 129 Language Parser, Prefix file 245
Folders None 244
Comparing 127 Generate Constructor and Destructor 160
Searching (multiple) 107 Get Next Completion menu command 279
Font & Tabs panel 213 Get next symbol 82
Options Get Previous Completion menu command 279
Font 243 Get previous symbol 82
Scripts 251 Globals option 215
Size 252 Go Back 140
Tab indents selection 253 Menu command 280
Tab Inserts Spaces 253 Go Forward 140
Tab Size 253 Menu command 280
Font & Tabs preference panel 212, 214 Go To Line menu command 280
Options Going Back 95
Auto Indent 213 Going Forward 95
Font 212 Going to a particular line 95
Script 213 Gray background
Size 212 Adding behind IDE. 255
Tab indents selection 213 Removing from behind IDE 255
Tab Inserts Spaces 213 Grid Size X option
Tab Size 213 Layout Editor panel 245
Font option Grid Size Y option
Font & Tabs panel 243 Layout Editor panel 245
Font Preferences option Grouping regular expressions 120
Editor Settings panel 244 Groups
Font Settings 213 Management 46
Foreground option Moving 47
Text Colors panel 244 Removing 46
Freescale Website command 281 Renaming 47
Functions Selected Item 129
Creating new member 146 Touching 48
List pop-up 76 Touching all 48
Sorting alphabetically 94, 95 Untouching 48
List pop-up, using 94 Untouching all 49
Locating 93, 94
New Data Member 147 H
Option 215 Headers
Caching precompiled headers 245
G Help menu 268
General section, of IDE preference panels 197 Hide Classes 145
Generate Browser Data From option 244 Pane 145, 148
Compiler 244 Hide Floating Toolbar command 280
Language Parser 244 Hide Main Toolbar command in Toolbar
Language Parser, Macro file 245 submenu 280

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 309

Hide Window Toolbar command 280 Zoom windows to full screen 258
Hierarchy Control 150 IDE Extras preference panel 199
Hierarchy windows 150 Options
Changing line views 151 Documents 200
Multi-Class 149 Launch Editor 201
Single-Class 151 Launch Editor w⁄ Line # 201
Using to view class data 143 Menu bar layout 200
Horizontal Center command 280 Projects 200
HTMLHelp (Windows) 98 Recent symbolics 200
Use Default workspace 201
I Use Multiple Document Interface 201
Icons Use Third Party Editor 200
File modification 77 Use Third Party Editor option 256
for data members 146 IDE File menu 261
for member functions 146 IDE Help menu 268
IDE IDE Preference Panels
and threading 237 Font & Tabs 213
Code Completion window 86 Font Settings 213
Defined 13 List 196
Editing source code 79 IDE preferences
Editor 73 Activate Browser Coloring 215
Linkers 173 Activate Syntax Coloring 215
Menu reference 261 Add 203, 205
Preferences, working with 195 Auto Indent 213
Project manager and build targets 25 Automatic Invocation 207
Target settings, working with 219 Background 215
Tools overview 20 Balance Flash Delay 212
User’s Guide overview 13 Balance while typing 211
Workspace 67 Browser Commands 211
IDE Edit menu 263 Build before running 198
IDE Extras panel Case sensitive 208
Options Change 203, 205
Documents 239 Choose 204
Find Reference using 243 Classes 215
Launch Editor 246 Close Braces, Brackets, and Parentheses 210
Launch Editor w⁄ Line # 247 Code Completion Delay 208
Projects 249 Comments 215
Symbolics 253 Compiler thread stack 198
Use Default Workspace 254 Constants 215
Use External Editor 254 Default file format 212
Use Multiple Document Interface 255 Disable third-party COM plug-ins 202
Use Script menu 256 Display deprecated items 207
Use ToolServer menu 256 Documents 200
Workspaces 258 Drag and drop editing 211

310 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Edit 215 Source Tree list 204
Edit Commands 211 Strings 215
Enable Virtual Space 211 Tab indents selection 213
Enums 215 Tab Inserts Spaces 213
Find and compare operations 203 Tab Size 213
Font 212 Templates 216
Font preferences 211 Type 204
Foreground 215 TypeDefs 216
Format Braces 209 Use Automatic Code Formatting 209
Functions 215 Use Concurrent Compiles 199
Globals 215 Use Default workspace 201
Indent Braces 209 Use Local Project Data Storage 198
Indent Case Within Switch Statement 210 Use Multiple Document Interface 201
Indent Code Within Braces 209 Use multiple undo 211
Keywords 215 Use Third Party Editor 200
Language Settings 209 User Specified 199
Launch Editor 201 VCS Commands 211
Launch Editor w⁄ Line # 201 Window follows insertion point 207
Left margin click selects line 211 Window position and size 211
Level 202 IDE Preferences window 178, 195, 196
Macros 215 Apply button 197
Menu bar layout 200 Cancel button 197
Name 204 Factory Settings button 178, 196
Other 216 IDE Preference Panels list 196
Place Else On Same Line As Closing Import Panel 245
Brace 209 Import Panel button 178, 196
Place Opening Brace On Separate Line 209 OK button 196
Project Commands 211 Revert Panel button 178, 196
Project operations 203 Save button 178
Projects 200 IDE Project menu 266
Recent symbolics 200 IDE Search menu 265
Recommended 199 IDE Window menu 264, 268
Regular Expression 203 Ignore Extra Space checkbox 122
Relaxed C popup parsing 211 Ignored By Make File flag 227
Remove 203, 205 Import
Save open files before build 198 Button 192
Script 213 Commands 192
Selection position 211 Import Components menu command 281
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 215 Import Panel 245
Shielded folder list 203 Import Project
Show message after building up-to-date Command 34
project 198 Menu command 281
Size 212 Import Projects saved as XML files 34
Sort function popup 211 In Files

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 311

 Page 112, 113 Keyboard conventions 15
Tab 106 Keyboard shortcuts
In Folders Find symbols with prefix 81
Page 106, 107 Find symbols with substring 82
Tab 106 Get next symbol 82
In Projects Get previous symbol 82
Page 108, 109 Keys, Quote Key prefix 192
Tab 106 Keywords
In Symbolics Adding to a keyword set 231
Page 110, 111 Removing from a keyword set 231
Tab 106 Keywords option
Include file cache option Text Colors panel 246
Build Settings panel 245
Include files 160, 163 L
#include files, caching 245 Language Parser option, in Generate Browser
Indenting Data From menu 244
Text blocks 81 Launch Editor option
Initial Directory field IDE Extras panel 246
Build Extras panel 245 Launch Editor w⁄ Line # option
Initializer 164 IDE Extras panel 247
Insert Template Commands option Launchable flag 227
Editor Settings panel 246 Layout Editor panel
Inspecting Options
Project files 33 Grid Size X 245
Installed Products button 269 Grid Size Y 245
Integrated Development Environment (IDE) 13 Layout management 46
Interface files Layouts
Locating 93 Moving 47
Interface menu 48 Removing 46
Interfaces list pop-up 76 Renaming 47
in Files view of Project window 42 Left Edges command 281
Using 94 Left margin click selects line option
Editor Settings panel 247
J Level option
Java Exceptions submenu Plug-in Settings panel 247
All Exceptions command 270 Line
Exceptions In Targeted Classes and column indicator, in editor window 78
command 276 Display 150
Java submenu 270, 276 Going to in source code 95
%line command-line string 247
K Lines
Key bindings 98, 177, 179 Selecting 80
Add 190 Selecting multiple 80
Customize 189 Selecting rectangular portions of 80

312 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

Link maps, generating for projects 174 M
Link Order Macro file option, in Generate Browser Data
Page 44 From menu 245
Tab 46 Macros option 215
View 33, 47 Make
Linker option Command 47, 48
Target Settings panel 248 Menu command 281
Linkers 173 Option 243
Choosing 173 Toolbar button 40
Linking projects 174 Managing
List boxes Build targets 49
File Set 113 Files, tasks 53
Project 109 Projects 31
Symbolics 111 Targets 49
Target 109 Manual conventions 15
List menus Markers 96
Document settings 76 Adding to a source file 97
Functions 76 Navigating to 97
Interfaces 76 Removing all from source files 97
Markers 76 Removing from source files 97
VCS 76 Markers list pop-up 76
List pop-ups Markers list, in Remove Markers window 96
Ancestor 150 Match Whole Word checkbox 100, 102, 105
Browser Access Filters 140 Matching
Current Target 40 Any character with regular expressions 119
Document settings 76 Replace strings to find strings with regular
Functions 76 expressions 120, 121
Interfaces 76 with simple regular expressions 119
Markers 76 Maximize Window menu command 281
Symbols 153 .mcp 32
VCS 142 MDI 201, 255
Lists and dockable windows 59
File 109 Making a window an MDI child 65
File Mappings 237 Member Function Declaration 162
File Set 113 Member functions
Symbolics 111 Creating 146, 162
Local Project Data Storage option 255 Identifier icons 146
Locating Member Functions pane 146
Functions 93, 94 in Class Browser window 141
Interface files 93 Memory dump 295
Source code 93 Menu commands
Looking up symbol definitions 98 About CodeWarrior 269
Add Files 269
Add Window 269

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 313

 Apply Difference 126, 270 Export Project 277, 281
Balance 271 Find 101, 277
Bottom Edges 271 Find and Open ‘Filename’ 278
Break 271 Find and Open File 278
Break On C++ Exception 271 Find And Replace 279
Break on Java Exceptions 271 Find Definition 277
Bring To Front 271 Find Definition & Reference 277
Bring Up To Date 271 Find In Files 278
Browser Contents 272 Find In Next File 278
Build Progress 272 Find In Previous File 278
Build Progress Window 272 Find Next 116, 278
Can’t Redo 263 Find Previous 117, 279
Can’t Undo 263 Find Previous Selection 279
Cascade 272 Find Reference 279
Check Syntax 272 Find Selection 117, 279
Class Browser 272 Freescale Website 281
Class Hierarchy 272 Get Next Completion 279
Class Hierarchy Window 272 Get Previous Completion 279
Clear 273 Go Back 280
Close 273 Go Forward 280
Close All 273 Go To Line 280
Close All Editor Documents 273 Hide Window Toolbar 280
Close Catalog 273 Import Components 281
Close Workspace 273 Import Project 281
CodeWarrior Help 274 Make 281
Collapse Window 274 Maximize Window 281
Commands & Key Bindings 274 Minimize Window 282
Compare Files 123, 274 New 282
Compile 274 New Class 282
Complete Code 274 New Class Browser 282
Copy 275 New Data Member 282
Copy To Expression 275 New Event 282
Create Design 275 New Event Set 282
Create Group 275 New Member Function 282
Create Target 275 New Method 283
Delete 275 New Property 283
Disassemble 276 New Text File 283
Display Grid 276 Open 283
Enter Find String 117, 276 Open Recent 283
Enter Replace String 276 Open Scripts Folder 283
Errors and Warnings 276 Open Workspace 283
Errors and Warnings Window 276 Page Setup 284
Exit 277 Precompile 284
Expand Window 277 Preferences 284

314 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Print 284 Groups 47
Redo 285 Layouts 47
Refresh All Data 285 Targets 47
Remove Object Code 285 Multi-Class Hierarchy window 149
Remove Object Code & Compact 285 Difference from Single-Class Hierarchy
Remove Toolbar Item 188 window 151
Replace 103, 285, 286 Multiple
Replace All 286 Files, searching 113
Replace and Find Next 286 Folders, searching 107
Revert 288 Projects, searching 109
Save Default Window 289 Redo 285
Save Workspace 289 Symbolics files, searching 111
Save Workspace As 289 Undo 285
Select All 289 Undo option 294
Send To Back 289 Undo option in Editor Settings panel 256
Set Default Project 289 Multiple Document Interface (MDI) 201, 255
Set Default Target 289 Multiple Document Interface option 59, 255
Shift Right 289, 290 turning off 201
Show Types 290 turning on 201
Show Window Toolbar 280 Multiple-file Find and Replace window 104
Stack Editor Windows 290
Stop Build 290 N
Switch To Monitor 290 Name field 179
Synchronize Modification Dates 291 Navigating
Unapply Difference 127 Browser data 136
View As Unsigned Decimal 294 Code Completion window 88
View Disassembly 295 Source code 93
View Mixed 295 to markers 97
View Source 295 New
View Variable 295 Command 53, 180
Zoom Window 295 Command Group, Creating 179
Menu layouts, Windows 261 Item 145
Menu reference for IDE 261 Menu command 282
Menus New Binding 179, 190
Browser Access Filters 140 New C++
Current Target 188 Class window 158
Search 98 Data Member window 164
VCS 148 Member Function window 162
Minimize Window menu command 282 New Class
Modification date caching option 255 Menu command 282
Moving Wizard 145, 157, 158
Build targets 47 New Class Browser menu command 282
Dockable windows 66 New Data Member 147, 162, 164
Files 47 Creating 163

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 315

 Menu command 282 Option buttons
Wizard 147, 163, 164 All text 100, 103, 106
New Event menu command 282 Code Only 101, 103, 106
New Event Set menu command 282 Comments Only 101, 103, 106
New Group 179 Options
New Member Functions Access Paths settings panel 202, 222
Creating 161 Activate Browser 278
Menu command 282 Activate Browser Coloring 233
Wizard 146, 161, 162 Activate Syntax Coloring 233, 237
New Menu Command, Creating 180, 184 Add Default 233
New Method menu command 283 Always Search User Paths 234
New Property menu command 283 Application 234
New Text File menu command 283 Arguments 234
Next Result button 116 Attempt to use dynamic type of C++, Object
None option Pascal and SOM objects 234
in Generate Browser Data From menu 244 Auto Indent 234
of Plug-in Diagnostics 247 Auto Target Libraries 234
Non-modal, defined 61 Automatic Invocation 235
Notes for latest release 13 Background 235
Numeric Keypad Bindings 190 Balance Flash Delay 235
Numeric Keypad Bindings checkbox Balance while typing 235
of Customize IDE Commands window 193 Bring Up To Date 243
Browser Commands 236
O Browser Path 236
Only Show Different Files checkbox 123 Build before running 236
Open Build Extras settings panel 225
Command 54 Build Settings preference panel 197
Menu command 283 Case Sensitive 236
Single-class hierarchical window 152 Classes 215
Open File 148 Code Completion
Open Recent menu command 283 Preference panel 207
Open Scripts Folder menu command 283 Code Completion Delay 237
Open Workspace menu command 283 Code Formatting preference panel 208
Opening 155 Collapse non-debugging windows 237
Files 54 Comments 237
Last project (default workspace) 254 Compiler 237
Last project, preventing (default Compiler thread stack 237
workspace) 254 Concurrent Compiles preference panel 198
Projects 32 Confirm invalid file modification dates when
Projects from other hosts 32 debugging 238
Recent workspace 70 Constants 215
Subprojects 37 Context popup delay 238
Symbols window 155 Disable third party COM plugins 238
Workspaces 68 Display Deprecated Items 238

316 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Do nothing 238 Overtype 80
Do nothing to project windows 239 Overview
Drag and drop editing 239 of Browser 21
Dump internal browse information after of build system 21
compile 239 of CodeWarrior 17
Edit Commands 239 of debugger 21
Edit Language 239 of editor 20
Editor preference panels 206 of IDE project manager and build targets 25
Editor Settings preference panel 210 of IDE tools 20
Enable automatic Toolbar help 240 of IDE User’s Guide 13
Enable Virtual Space 240 of project manager 20
Enums 215 of search engine 20
Environment Settings 240
Failure 243 P
File Mappings settings panel 226 Page Setup command 284
File Type 237 Pages
Font & Tabs preference panel 212, 214 In Files 112
Functions 215 In Folders 106
General preference panels 197 in project window 41
Generate Browser Data From 244 In Projects 108
Globals 215 In Symbolics 110
IDE Extras preference panel 199 Pane Collapse 144
Import Panel 245 Pane Collapse box 128
Macros 215 Pane Expand 143
Make 243 Pane Expand box 128
Other 216 Pane resize bar 116, 126, 128
Plug-in Settings preference panel 201 in File Compare Results window 126
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 215 in Folder Compare Results window 128
Setting for browser 133 Pane splitter controls, in editor window 78
Shielded Folders preference panel 202 Panes
Source Trees preference panel 204 Adding to editor window 78
Target Settings panel 221 Destination 125
Templates 216 Differences 126
TypeDefs 216 Files in Both Folders 128
Use modification date caching 225 Files Only in Destination 129
Use Multiple Document Interface 59 Files Only in Source 128
Window Follows Insertion Point 257 Removing from editor window 78
Other editor windows 77 Resizing in an editor window 78
Other option 216 Results 116
Output Directory option Source 125
Target Settings panel 248 Source Code 116
Overlays tab 46 Parameter lists, Completing code 90
Overstrike 80 Path caption 77
Overstriking text (Windows) 80

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 317

Play sound after ‘Bring Up To Date’ & ‘Make’ IDE Extras 199
option Plug-in Settings 201
Build Settings panel 248 Reverting 250
Plug-in Diagnostics Shielded Folders 202
All Info option 247 Source Trees 204
Disabling 269 Preferences
Enabling 269 Activate Browser Coloring 215
Errors Only option 247 Activate Syntax Coloring 215
None option 247 Add 203, 205
Plug-in Settings panel Apply button 197
Options Auto Indent 213
Level 247 Automatic Invocation 207
Plug-in Settings preference panel 201 Background 215
Options Balance Flash Delay 212
Disable third-party COM plug-ins 202 Balance while typing 211
Level 202 Browser Commands 211
Plug-ins Build before running 198
Saving information about those installed in Cancel button 197
IDE 269 Case sensitive 208
Viewing those installed in IDE 269 Change 203, 205
Pop-up menus Choose 204
Document settings 76 Classes 215
Functions 76 Close Braces, Brackets, and Parentheses 210
Interfaces 76 Code Completion Delay 208
Markers 76 Comments 215
VCS 76 Compiler thread stack 198
Pop-ups Constants 215
Ancestor 150 Default file format 212
Browser Access Filters 140 Disable third-party COM plug-ins 202
Symbols 153 Display deprecated items 207
VCS 142 Documents 200
Post-linker option Drag and drop editing 211
Target Settings panel 248 Edit 215
Precompile menu command 284 Edit Commands 211
Precompiled File flag 227 Editor 206
Precompiled headers Enable Virtual Space 211
Caching 245 Enums 215
Preference panels Export Panel button 178, 196
Build Settings 197 Factory Settings button 178, 196
Code Completion 207 Find and compare operations 203
Code Formatting 208 Font 212
Concurrent Compiles 198 Font preferences 211
Editor Settings 210 for IDE 195
Font & Tabs 212, 214 Foreground 215

318 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Format Braces 209 Source Tree list 204
Functions 215 Strings 215
General 197 Tab indents selection 213
Globals 215 Tab Inserts Spaces 213
IDE Preference Panels list 196 Tab Size 213
IDE window 195 Templates 216
Import Panel button 178, 196 Type 204
Indent Braces 209 TypeDefs 216
Indent Case Within Switch Statement 210 Use Automatic Code Formatting 209
Indent Code Within Braces 209 Use Concurrent Compiles 199
Keywords 215 Use Default workspace 201
Language Settings 209 Use Local Project Data Storage 198
Launch Editor 201 Use Multiple Document Interface 201
Launch Editor w⁄ Line # 201 Use multiple undo 211
Left margin click selects line 211 Use Third Party Editor 200
Level 202 User Specified 199
Macros 215 VCS Commands 211
Menu bar layout 200 Window follows insertion point 207
Menu command 284 Window position and size 211
Name 204 Prefix file option, in Generate Browser Data From
OK button 196 menu 245
Other 216 Prefix keys
Place Else On Same Line As Closing Quote Key 192
Brace 209 Pre-linker option
Place Opening Brace On Separate Line 209 Target Settings panel 249
Project Commands 211 Previous Result button 115
Project operations 203 Print
Projects 200 Command 56, 57, 284
Recent symbolics 200 File selections 57
Recommended 199 Printing
Regular Expression 203 Class hierarchies 151
Relaxed C popup parsing 211 Files 56
Remove 203, 205 Projects 33
Revert Panel button 178, 196 Process cycle
Save button 178 of software development 17
Save open files before build 198 Products
Script 213 Saving information about those installed in
Selection position 211 IDE 269
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 215 Viewing those installed in IDE 269
Shielded folder list 203 Project Commands option
Show message after building up-to-date Editor Settings panel 249
project 198 Project data folder 255
Size 212 Project Headers checkbox 109
Sort function popup 211 Project Inspector command 33

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 319

Project list box 109 Exporting to XML files 34
Project manager 25 Generating link maps for 174
Overview 20 Import XML versions of 34
Project menu 249, 266 Inspecting files 33
Remove Object Code command 267 Linking 174
Stop Build command 267 Managing 31
Project operations option Opening 32
Shielded Folders panel 249 Opening from other hosts 32
Project Sources checkbox 109 Printing 33
Project stationery Project window 39
Creating 35 Project window pages 41
Custom 35 Project window, about 39
Project window 39 Reopening last one used (default
About 39 workspace) 254
About Files page 41 Reopening last one used, preventing (default
Current Target list pop-up 40 workspace) 254
Files view Saving 32
Checkout Status column 42 Searching (multiple) 109
Code column 42 Strategies for 37
Data column 42 Subprojects, strategies for 37
Debug column 42 Working with 25
File column 42 Projects option
Interfaces list pop-up 42 IDE Extras panel 249
Sort Order button 42 Punctuation balancing 82
Target column 42 Toggling 82
Touch column 42 Pure virtual
Link Order page 44 Icon for 146
Make toolbar button 40 Purpose
Pages 41 of Browser Contents window 152
Synchronize Modification Dates toolbar of Classes pane in browser 144
button 40 of Data Members pane 147
Target Settings of Member functions pane 146
Toolbar button 40 of Multi-Class Hierarchy window 149
Targets page 45 of Single-Class Hierarchy window 151
Project, defined 25 of Source pane 147
Projects of status area in browser 148
About subprojects 36 of Symbols window 154
Advanced topics 34
Choosing default 33 Q
Closing 34 Quote Key prefix 192
Creating custom stationery 35 Assigning 193
Creating subprojects 36
Creating using stationery 31
Data folder 255

320 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

R Remove Object Code menu command 285
Recursive Search column, in Access Paths Remove Toolbar Item 188
panel 224 Removing
Redo Build targets 46, 50
Button 126 Desktop background from behind IDE 255
Menu command 285 Files 46
Reference information for IDE menus 261 Gray background from behind IDE 255
Refresh All Data menu command 285 Groups 46
Registry Key option Layouts 46
of Source Trees preference panel 254 Source trees 206
Registry Key option, in Type pop-up menu 254 Targets 46, 50
Regular Expression checkbox 100, 103, 106 Rename command 47, 50
Regular Expression option Renaming
Shielded Folders panel 249 Build targets 48, 50
Regular expressions 118 Files 47
.*[_]Data 203 Groups 47
\(.*\) 203 Layouts 47
Choosing one character from many 120 Targets 47, 48, 50
CVS 203 Reopening last project used
Defined 118 in default workspace 254
Grouping 120 Suppressing in the default workspace 254
Matching any character 119 Replace
Matching simple expressions 119 Button 102, 105
Using the find string in the replace Command 103
string 120, 121 Menu command 285, 286
Relative to class field 158 Replace All
Relaxed C popup parsing option Button 102, 105
Editor Settings panel 250 Menu command 286
Release notes 13 Replace and Find Next menu command 286
Remembering last project Replace and Find Previous command 286
(default workspace) 254 Replace With text/list box 102, 105
Turning off (default workspace) 254 Replacing
Remove Text in a single file 103
Button 223 Text, overview 99
Button, in Remove Markers window 96 Reset Window Toolbar command in Toolbar
Command 46 submenu 44, 287
Remove A Set button 113 Resetting
Remove Markers window 96 Toolbars 189
Cancel button 96 Resize bars
Done button 96 Pane 116
Markers list 96 Resize submenu
Remove button 96 To Smallest Height command 293
Remove Object Code & Compact menu To Smallest Width command 293
command 285 Resizing

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 321

 panes in an editor window 78 Font & Tabs panel 251
Resource File flag 227 Search
Restore Window command (Windows) 288 Single characters with regular
Result Count text box 115 expressions 119
Results Using finds strings in replace strings with
of multi-item search 114 regular expressions 121
Pane 116 Search Cached Sub-Targets checkbox 109
Revert command 57 Search Criteria text box 115
Revert menu command 288 Search engine
Reverting Overview 20
Files 57 Search In text/list box 107
Preference panels 250 Search menu 98, 265
Settings panels 250 Search Results window 114
Revision control 257 Next Result button 116
Routine, selecting entirely 80 Pane resize bar 116
Run command 48 Previous Result button 115
Runtime Settings panel Result Count text box 115
Options Results pane 116
Working Directory 258 Search Criteria text box 115
Setting default size and position of 289
S Source Code pane 116
Save a Copy As command 55 Source Code Pane disclosure triangle 116
Save All command 55 Stop button 115
Save command 55 Warnings button 115
Save Default Window menu command 289 Search Selection Only checkbox 100, 103
Save open files before build option Search Status column, in Access Paths panel 224
Build Settings panel 250 Search Sub-Folders checkbox 107
Save project entries using relative paths option Search Up checkbox 100, 103
Target Settings panel 43, 251 Searching
Save this Set button 113 Choosing one character from many in
Save Workspace As menu command 289 regular expressions 120
Save Workspace menu command 289 Grouping regular expressions 120
Saving Multiple files 113
All files 55 Multiple folders 107
Copy of workspace 69 Multiple projects 109
File copies 55 Multiple symbolics files 111
Files 55 Single characters with regular
Information about installed plug-ins 269 expressions 119
Information about installed products 269 Single files 101
Projects 32 Using finds strings in replace strings with
Workspaces 68 regular expressions 120
Script menu option 256 Using regular expressions 118
(Scripts) folder 283 with simple regular expressions 119
Scripts option Seeing desktop background behind IDE 255

322 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

Segments tab 46 Flags 227
Select All menu command 289 Generate Browser Data From 225
Selected Item group 129 Host Flags 223
Selecting IDE window 219
Code Completion window items 89 Ignored By Make flag 227
Entire routines 80 Import Panel button 220
Lines 80 Initial directory 226
Multiple lines 80 Launchable flag 227
Rectangular portions of lines 80 Linker 222
Text in editor windows 79 Name 204
Selection position option OK button 220
Editor Settings panel 251 Output Directory 222
Selections Post-linker 222
Searching (text) 117 Precompiled File flag 227
Send To Back menu command 289 Pre-linker 222
Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 215 Remove 205, 223, 228
Set Default Project Resource File flag 227
Command 33 Revert Panel button 220
Menu command 289 Save project entries using relative paths 222
Set Default Target menu command 289 Source Tree list 204
Setting Target Name 222
Browser options 133 Target Settings Panels list 220
Default size and position of windows 289 Type 204
Settings Use modification date caching 225
Add 205, 223, 227 Settings panels
Add Default 223 Access Paths 202, 222
Always Search User Paths 223 Build Extras 225, 278
Application 226 File Mappings 226
Apply button 221 Reverting 250
Arguments 226 Source Trees 204
Cache subprojects 225 Target Settings 221
Cancel button 221 Setup
Change 205, 223, 228 Code completion 84
Choose 204, 222 Shielded Folders panel
Clear 222 Options
Compiler 227 Find and compare operations 243
Dump internal browse information after Project operations 249
compile 225 Regular Expression 249
Edit Language 227 Shielded Folders preference panel 202
Export Panel button 220 Options
Extension 227 Add 203
Factory Settings button 220 Change 203
File Mappings list 227 Find and compare operations 203
File Type 227 Project operations 203

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 323

 Regular Expression 203 Sort Order button
Remove 203 in Files view of Project window 42
Shielded folder list 203 Sorting
Shift Right menu command 289, 290 Classes list 146
Shortcut conventions 15 Functions list pop-up (alphabetically) 94, 95
Show Source box 122
Classes pane 145, 146 Source code
Show Classes 145 Editing 79
Pane 145, 148 Going to a particular line 95
Show Floating Toolbar Locating 93
Command 280 Navigating 93
Command in Toolbar submenu 290 Source Code pane 116
Show Inherited 141 Source Code Pane disclosure triangle 116
Show Main Toolbar Source files
Command 280 Adding markers to 97
Command in Toolbar submenu 290 Removing all markers from 97
Show message after building up-to-date project Removing markers from 97
option Source item, for comparison 121
Build Settings panel 252 Source pane 125, 147
Show private 142 in Symbols window 155
Show protected 142 Source relative includes 252
Show public 142 Source trees
Show Types menu command 290 Adding 205
Show Window Toolbar Changing 206
Command 280 Removing 206
Command in Toolbar submenu 290 Source Trees panel
Shrink panes in browser 144 Options
Single Class Hierarchy Window 140 Add 205
Single files, searching 101 Change 205
Single-class hierarchical window Choose 204
Opening 152 Name 204
Single-Class Hierarchy window 151 Remove 205
Difference from Multi-Class Hierarchy Source Tree list 204
window 151 Type 204, 254
Single-file Find and Replace window 101 Source Trees preference panel 204
Single-file Find window 99 Absolute Path option 254
Size option Environment Variable option 254
Font & Tabs panel 252 Registry Key option 254
Software Source Trees settings panel 204
Development process cycle 17 Stack Editor Windows menu command 290
Sort Alphabetical 145, 146 Static, Icon for 146
Sort function popup option Stationery
Editor Settings panel 252 Creating for projects 35
Sort Hierarchical 145, 146 Creating projects 31

324 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Custom 35 Toolbar 155
Status area 148 Synchronize Modification Dates command 45
in Class Browser window 141 Synchronize Modification Dates menu
Stop At End Of File checkbox 100, 103 command 291
Stop Build menu command 290 Synchronize Modification Dates toolbar
Stop button 105, 115 button 40
Stop command 290 System Headers checkbox 109
Straight Line 151 System Paths list
Strategies Recursive Search column 224
for build targets 37 Search Status column 224
for projects 37 System Paths option
for subprojects 37 Access Paths panel 253
Strings option
Text Colors panel 252 T
Submenus Tabs
Align 270, 271 Font & Tabs panel 253
Subproject, defined 36 In Files 106
Subprojects In Folders 106
Creating 36 In Projects 106
Opening 37 In Symbolics 106
Strategies for 37 Target column
Success option in Files view of Project window 42
Build Settings panel 253 Target list box 109
Switch To Monitor menu command 290 Target management 46
Symbol definitions 98 Target Name option
Symbol definitions, looking up 98 Target Settings panel 254
Symbol implementations Target settings
Viewing all 155 Add 205, 223, 227
Symbol-editing shortcuts 81 Add Default 223
Symbolics files Always Search User Paths 223
Searching (multiple) 111 Application 226
Symbolics list (box) 111 Apply button 221
Symbolics option Arguments 226
IDE Extras panel 253 Cache subprojects 225
Symbols Cancel button 221
Shortcuts for editing 81 Change 205, 223, 228
Viewing all implementations 155 Choose 204, 222
Symbols list Clear 222
in Browser Contents window 153 Command 291
Symbols pane 155 Compiler 227
Symbols pop-up 153 Dump internal browse information after
Symbols window 154, 155 compile 225
Source pane 155 Edit Language 227
Symbols pane 155 Export Panel button 220

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 325

 Extension 227 Cancel button 221
Factory Settings button 220 Export Panel button 220
File Mappings list 227 Factory Settings button 220
File Type 227 Import Panel button 220
Flags 227 OK button 220
for IDE 219 Opening 221
Generate Browser Data From 225 Revert Panel button 220
Host Flags 223 Target settings
Ignored By Make flag 227 Panels list 220
Import Panel button 220 Target settings panel
Initial directory 226 Options
Launchable flag 227 Linker 222
Linker 222 Post-linker 222
Name 204 Pre-linker 222
OK button 220 Target settings panels
Output Directory 222 Access Paths 222
Panel 51, 221 Build Extras 225, 278
Panel options File Mappings 226
Choose 222 Target Settings 221
Clear 222 Targets 27
Linker 248 Configuring 51
Output Directory 222, 248 Creating 49
Post-linker 248 Files 46
Pre-linker 249 Managing 49
Save project entries using relative Moving 47
paths 43, 222, 251 Removing 46, 50
Target Name 222, 254 Renaming 47, 48, 50
Panels list 220 Setting default 50
Post-linker 222 Strategies for 37
Precompiled File flag 227 Targets page 45
Pre-linker 222 Targets tab 50
Remove 205, 223, 228 Targets view 33, 47, 49
Resource File flag 227 Tasks
Revert Panel button 220 Activating automatic code completion 84
Save project entries using relative paths 222 Adding a keyword to a keyword set 231
Source Tree list 204 Adding markers to a source file 97
Source Trees 204 Adding panes to an editor window 78
Target Name 222 Adding source trees 205
Target Settings Panels list 220 Adding subprojects to a project 36
Toolbar button 40 Alphabetizing Functions list pop-up
Type 204 order 94, 95
Use modification date caching 225 Applying file differences 126
Window 219 Balancing punctuation 82
Apply button 221

326 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Changing line views in a hierarchical Navigating browser data 136
window 151 Navigating Code Completion window 88
Changing source trees 206 Navigating to a marker 97
Changing the find string 117 Opening a recent workspace 70
Choosing a default project 33 Opening a single-class hierarchical
Choosing files to compare 123 window 152
Choosing folders to compare 124 Opening a workspace 68
Closing a docked window 66 Opening projects 32
Closing a workspace 69 Opening projects created on other hosts 32
Closing projects 34 Opening subprojects 37
Collapsing a docked window 66 Opening the symbols window 155
Collapsing browser panes 144 Opening the Target Settings window 221
Collapsing the editor window toolbar 75 Overstriking text (Windows) 80
Completing code for data members 89 Printing class hierarchies 151
Completing code for parameter lists 90 Printing projects 33
Creating a new class 145, 157, 158 Removing a keyword from a keyword
Creating a new data member 147, 163, 164 set 231
Creating a new member function 146, 161, Removing a marker from a source file 97
162 Removing all markers from a source file 97
Creating custom project stationery 35 Removing panes from an editor window 78
Creating new projects using project Removing source trees 206
stationery 31 Replacing text in a single file 103
Deactivating automatic code completion 85 Resizing panes in an editor window 78
Docking a window by using a contextual Saving a copy of a workspace 69
menu 62 Saving a workspace 68
Docking a window by using drag and Saving projects 32
drop 62 Searching a single file 101
Docking windows of the same kind 62 Searching for text across multiple files 113
Examining items in the Folder Compare Searching for text across multiple
Results window 129 folders 107
Expanding a docked window 66 Searching for text across multiple
Expanding browser panes 143 projects 109
Expanding the editor window toolbar 75 Searching for text across multiple symbolics
Exporting projects to XML files 34 files 111
Floating a window 64 Searching with a text selection 117
for managing files 53 Selecting entire routines 80
Generating project link maps 174 Selecting item in Code Completion
Going to a particular line 95 window 89
Hiding the classes pane 145 Selecting lines 80
Import projects saved as XML files 34 Selecting multiple lines 80
Indenting text blocks 81 Selecting rectangular portions of lines 80
Looking up symbol definitions 98 Selecting text in editor windows 79
Making a window an MDI child 65 Showing the classes pane 145
Moving a docked window 66 Sorting the classes list 146

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 327

 Suppressing dockable windows 65 Options
Toggling automatic punctuation Activate Browser Coloring 215
balancing 82 Activate Syntax Coloring 215
Triggering code completion by keyboard 85 Background 215
Triggering code completion from IDE menu Classes 215
bar 84 Comments 215
Unapplying file differences 127 Constants 215
Undocking a window 63 Edit 215
Unfloating a window 64 Enums 215
Unindenting text blocks 81 Foreground 215
Using the default workspace 67 Functions 215
Using the Find Next command 116 Globals 215
Using the Find Previous command 117 Keywords 215
Using the Functions list pop-up 94 Macros 215
Using the Interfaces list pop-up 94 Other 216
Using the VCS pop-up 77 Set 1, Set 2, Set 3, Set 4 215
Using virtual space 80 Strings 215
Viewing a file path 43 Templates 216
Viewing browser data by contents 153 TypeDefs 216
Viewing browser data by inheritance 150 Text editing area, in editor window 77
Viewing class data from hierarchy Text/list boxes
windows 143 By Type 107
Templates option 216 Find 100, 102, 105
Text Replace With 102, 105
Changing a find string 117 Search in 107
Find by selecting 116 Text-selection Find 116
Finding 99 Third Party Editor option 256
Overstriking (Windows) 80 Third-party
Replacing 99 Editor support 256
Searching with a selection 117 Text editors
Text blocks Emacs 247
Indenting 81 Threading in IDE 237
Unindenting 81 __throw() 271
Text boxes Tile
Result Count 115 Editor Windows command 291
Search Criteria 115 Editor Windows Vertically command 291
Text Colors panel Horizontally command 291
Options Vertically command 292
Activate Browser Coloring 244 To Smallest Height command in Resize
Activate Syntax Coloring 244, 246, 252 submenu 293
Foreground 244 To Smallest Width command in Resize
Keywords 246 submenu 293
Strings 252 Toolbar
Text Colors preference panel (Editor Window) Elements

328 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 Document Settings 188 Show Main Toolbar command 280,
File Dirty Indicator 188 290
File Path field 188 Show Window Toolbar command 290
Functions 188 Toolbar Items tab 187
Header Files 188 Types 186
Markers 188 Tools
Version Control Menus 188 Browser 21
Add element 187, 188 Build system 21
Buttons Debugger 21
Browser Contents 140 Editor 20
Class Hierarchy 140 Project manager 20
Go Back 140 Search engine 20
Go Forward 140 ToolServer menu 256
Make 40 ToolServer menu option
Single Class Hierarchy Window 140 IDE Extras panel 256
Synchronize Modification Dates 40 ToolTip 187
Target Settings 40 Touch
Clear Elements 189 Column 48, 49
Collapsing in editor window 75 in Files view of Project window 42
Customize 185 Command 48
Editor 75 Defined 42
Elements 185, 187 Touching
Expanding in editor window 75 All files 48
for Symbols window 155 All groups 48
Icons 188 Files 48
Instances of 186 Groups 48
Items 177, 188 Triggering
Main (floating) 186 Code completion by keyboard 85
Modify 187 Code completion from IDE menu bar 84
Project and Window 186 Type
Remove single element 187 List box
Resetting 189 Absolute Path option 254
Submenu Option
Anchor Floating Toolbar Source Trees panel 254
command 270 Pop-up menu
Clear Floating Toolbar command 273 Environment Variable option 254
Clear Main Toolbar command 273 Registry Key option 254
Clear Window Toolbar command 273 TypeDefs option 216
Hide Floating Toolbar command 280
Hide Main Toolbar command 280 U
Reset Window Toolbar command 44, Unanchor Floating Toolbar command 293
287 Unapply button 126
Show Floating Toolbar command 280, Unapply Difference command 127, 294
290 Undo button 126

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 329

Undo command 294 Disassembly menu command 295
Undocking windows 63 File paths 43
Unfloating Windows 64 Memory As command 295
Ungroup command 294 Memory command 295
Unindenting text blocks 81 Mixed menu command 295
Untouch command 48 Source menu command 295
Untouching Variable menu command 295
a file 48 Viewing
a group 48 All symbol implementations 155
All files 49 Browser data by contents 153
All groups 49 Browser data by inheritance 150
User Paths list Installed plug-ins 269
Recursive Search column 224 Installed products 269
Search Status column 224 Virtual
User Paths option 256 Icon for 146
User Specified option 257 Space, using 80
Using
Find Next command 116 W
Find Previous command 117 Warnings button 115
Functions list pop-up 94 Window
Interfaces list pop-up 94 Browser Contents 152
VCS pop-up 77 Class Browser 139
Virtual space 80 Code Completion 86
Compare Files Setup 121
V Customize IDE Commands 117, 189
VCS 77 Dock bars in dockable windows 65
Commands Dockable 59
Options Dockable, about 59
Editor Settings panel 257 Dockable, working with 61
List pop-up 142 Docking the same kind of 62
Menu 148, 257 Docking with a contextual menu 62
Pop-up 76 Docking with drag and drop 62
Using 77 Editor 73
Version Editor, other 77
Control 257 File Compare Results 124
Control Settings command 294 Find (single-file) 99
Control System (VCS) 77 Find and Replace (multiple-file) 104
Vertical Center command in Align submenu 288, Find and Replace (single-file) 101
292, 293, 294 Floating 64
View Folder Compare Results 127
as implementor 142 Hierarchy 150
as subclass 142 IDE Preferences 195
As Unsigned Decimal menu command 294 Making MDI children of 65
as user 142 New C++ Class 158

330 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide

 New C++ Data Member 164 Defined 67
New C++ Member Function 162 Opening 68
Project window 39 Opening recent 70
Remembering size and position of 289 Saving 68
Remove Markers 96 Saving copies of 69
Saving default size and position of 289 Using default 67
Search results 114 Workspaces option
Target settings 219 IDE Extras panel 258
Types
Floating 60 X
Undocking 63 XML
Unfloating 64 Exporting projects 34
Window Follows Insertion Point option 257 Importing projects 34
Window menu 264, 268
Restore Window command (Windows) 288 Z
Window position and size option Zoom Window menu command 295
Editor Settings panel 258 Zoom windows to full screen option
Window types IDE Extras panel 258
Docked 60
MDI child 60
Windows
Creating files 53
Dockable, turning off 65
Windows menu layout 261
Wizards
Browser 157
New Class 145, 157, 158
New Data Member 147, 163, 164
New Member Function 161, 162
New Member Functions 146
Working Directory option
Runtime Settings panel 258
Working with
Browser 133
Class Browser windows 139
Class hierarchy windows 149
Dockable windows 61
Files 53
IDE preferences 195
IDE target settings 219
Projects 25
Workspace 67
About 67
Closing 69

8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide 331

332 8/16-bit IDE User’s Guide